Austin Schuh | dace2a6 | 2020-08-18 10:56:48 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | This is gmp.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.6 from gmp.texi. |
| 2 | |
| 3 | This manual describes how to install and use the GNU multiple precision |
| 4 | arithmetic library, version 6.2.0. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | Copyright 1991, 1993-2016, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| 9 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or |
| 10 | any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
| 11 | Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual", and |
| 12 | with the Back-Cover Texts being "You have freedom to copy and modify |
| 13 | this GNU Manual, like GNU software". A copy of the license is included |
| 14 | in *note GNU Free Documentation License::. |
| 15 | INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU libraries |
| 16 | START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY |
| 17 | * gmp: (gmp). GNU Multiple Precision Arithmetic Library. |
| 18 | END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY |
| 19 | |
| 20 | |
| 21 | File: gmp.info, Node: Top, Next: Copying, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) |
| 22 | |
| 23 | GNU MP |
| 24 | ****** |
| 25 | |
| 26 | This manual describes how to install and use the GNU multiple precision |
| 27 | arithmetic library, version 6.2.0. |
| 28 | |
| 29 | Copyright 1991, 1993-2016, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 30 | |
| 31 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| 32 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or |
| 33 | any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
| 34 | Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual", and |
| 35 | with the Back-Cover Texts being "You have freedom to copy and modify |
| 36 | this GNU Manual, like GNU software". A copy of the license is included |
| 37 | in *note GNU Free Documentation License::. |
| 38 | |
| 39 | * Menu: |
| 40 | |
| 41 | * Copying:: GMP Copying Conditions (LGPL). |
| 42 | * Introduction to GMP:: Brief introduction to GNU MP. |
| 43 | * Installing GMP:: How to configure and compile the GMP library. |
| 44 | * GMP Basics:: What every GMP user should know. |
| 45 | * Reporting Bugs:: How to usefully report bugs. |
| 46 | * Integer Functions:: Functions for arithmetic on signed integers. |
| 47 | * Rational Number Functions:: Functions for arithmetic on rational numbers. |
| 48 | * Floating-point Functions:: Functions for arithmetic on floats. |
| 49 | * Low-level Functions:: Fast functions for natural numbers. |
| 50 | * Random Number Functions:: Functions for generating random numbers. |
| 51 | * Formatted Output:: 'printf' style output. |
| 52 | * Formatted Input:: 'scanf' style input. |
| 53 | * C++ Class Interface:: Class wrappers around GMP types. |
| 54 | * Custom Allocation:: How to customize the internal allocation. |
| 55 | * Language Bindings:: Using GMP from other languages. |
| 56 | * Algorithms:: What happens behind the scenes. |
| 57 | * Internals:: How values are represented behind the scenes. |
| 58 | |
| 59 | * Contributors:: Who brings you this library? |
| 60 | * References:: Some useful papers and books to read. |
| 61 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: |
| 62 | * Concept Index:: |
| 63 | * Function Index:: |
| 64 | |
| 65 | |
| 66 | File: gmp.info, Node: Copying, Next: Introduction to GMP, Prev: Top, Up: Top |
| 67 | |
| 68 | GNU MP Copying Conditions |
| 69 | ************************* |
| 70 | |
| 71 | This library is "free"; this means that everyone is free to use it and |
| 72 | free to redistribute it on a free basis. The library is not in the |
| 73 | public domain; it is copyrighted and there are restrictions on its |
| 74 | distribution, but these restrictions are designed to permit everything |
| 75 | that a good cooperating citizen would want to do. What is not allowed |
| 76 | is to try to prevent others from further sharing any version of this |
| 77 | library that they might get from you. |
| 78 | |
| 79 | Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give |
| 80 | away copies of the library, that you receive source code or else can get |
| 81 | it if you want it, that you can change this library or use pieces of it |
| 82 | in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. |
| 83 | |
| 84 | To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to |
| 85 | deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute |
| 86 | copies of the GNU MP library, you must give the recipients all the |
| 87 | rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can |
| 88 | get the source code. And you must tell them their rights. |
| 89 | |
| 90 | Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone |
| 91 | finds out that there is no warranty for the GNU MP library. If it is |
| 92 | modified by someone else and passed on, we want their recipients to know |
| 93 | that what they have is not what we distributed, so that any problems |
| 94 | introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation. |
| 95 | |
| 96 | More precisely, the GNU MP library is dual licensed, under the |
| 97 | conditions of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 (see |
| 98 | 'COPYING.LESSERv3'), or the GNU General Public License version 2 (see |
| 99 | 'COPYINGv2'). This is the recipient's choice, and the recipient also |
| 100 | has the additional option of applying later versions of these licenses. |
| 101 | (The reason for this dual licensing is to make it possible to use the |
| 102 | library with programs which are licensed under GPL version 2, but which |
| 103 | for historical or other reasons do not allow use under later versions of |
| 104 | the GPL). |
| 105 | |
| 106 | Programs which are not part of the library itself, such as |
| 107 | demonstration programs and the GMP testsuite, are licensed under the |
| 108 | terms of the GNU General Public License version 3 (see 'COPYINGv3'), or |
| 109 | any later version. |
| 110 | |
| 111 | |
| 112 | File: gmp.info, Node: Introduction to GMP, Next: Installing GMP, Prev: Copying, Up: Top |
| 113 | |
| 114 | 1 Introduction to GNU MP |
| 115 | ************************ |
| 116 | |
| 117 | GNU MP is a portable library written in C for arbitrary precision |
| 118 | arithmetic on integers, rational numbers, and floating-point numbers. |
| 119 | It aims to provide the fastest possible arithmetic for all applications |
| 120 | that need higher precision than is directly supported by the basic C |
| 121 | types. |
| 122 | |
| 123 | Many applications use just a few hundred bits of precision; but some |
| 124 | applications may need thousands or even millions of bits. GMP is |
| 125 | designed to give good performance for both, by choosing algorithms based |
| 126 | on the sizes of the operands, and by carefully keeping the overhead at a |
| 127 | minimum. |
| 128 | |
| 129 | The speed of GMP is achieved by using fullwords as the basic |
| 130 | arithmetic type, by using sophisticated algorithms, by including |
| 131 | carefully optimized assembly code for the most common inner loops for |
| 132 | many different CPUs, and by a general emphasis on speed (as opposed to |
| 133 | simplicity or elegance). |
| 134 | |
| 135 | There is assembly code for these CPUs: ARM Cortex-A9, Cortex-A15, and |
| 136 | generic ARM, DEC Alpha 21064, 21164, and 21264, AMD K8 and K10 (sold |
| 137 | under many brands, e.g. Athlon64, Phenom, Opteron) Bulldozer, and |
| 138 | Bobcat, Intel Pentium, Pentium Pro/II/III, Pentium 4, Core2, Nehalem, |
| 139 | Sandy bridge, Haswell, generic x86, Intel IA-64, Motorola/IBM PowerPC 32 |
| 140 | and 64 such as POWER970, POWER5, POWER6, and POWER7, MIPS 32-bit and |
| 141 | 64-bit, SPARC 32-bit ad 64-bit with special support for all UltraSPARC |
| 142 | models. There is also assembly code for many obsolete CPUs. |
| 143 | |
| 144 | For up-to-date information on GMP, please see the GMP web pages at |
| 145 | |
| 146 | <https://gmplib.org/> |
| 147 | |
| 148 | The latest version of the library is available at |
| 149 | |
| 150 | <https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/> |
| 151 | |
| 152 | Many sites around the world mirror 'ftp.gnu.org', please use a mirror |
| 153 | near you, see <https://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html> for a full list. |
| 154 | |
| 155 | There are three public mailing lists of interest. One for release |
| 156 | announcements, one for general questions and discussions about usage of |
| 157 | the GMP library and one for bug reports. For more information, see |
| 158 | |
| 159 | <https://gmplib.org/mailman/listinfo/>. |
| 160 | |
| 161 | The proper place for bug reports is <gmp-bugs@gmplib.org>. See *note |
| 162 | Reporting Bugs:: for information about reporting bugs. |
| 163 | |
| 164 | |
| 165 | 1.1 How to use this Manual |
| 166 | ========================== |
| 167 | |
| 168 | Everyone should read *note GMP Basics::. If you need to install the |
| 169 | library yourself, then read *note Installing GMP::. If you have a |
| 170 | system with multiple ABIs, then read *note ABI and ISA::, for the |
| 171 | compiler options that must be used on applications. |
| 172 | |
| 173 | The rest of the manual can be used for later reference, although it |
| 174 | is probably a good idea to glance through it. |
| 175 | |
| 176 | |
| 177 | File: gmp.info, Node: Installing GMP, Next: GMP Basics, Prev: Introduction to GMP, Up: Top |
| 178 | |
| 179 | 2 Installing GMP |
| 180 | **************** |
| 181 | |
| 182 | GMP has an autoconf/automake/libtool based configuration system. On a |
| 183 | Unix-like system a basic build can be done with |
| 184 | |
| 185 | ./configure |
| 186 | make |
| 187 | |
| 188 | Some self-tests can be run with |
| 189 | |
| 190 | make check |
| 191 | |
| 192 | And you can install (under '/usr/local' by default) with |
| 193 | |
| 194 | make install |
| 195 | |
| 196 | If you experience problems, please report them to |
| 197 | <gmp-bugs@gmplib.org>. See *note Reporting Bugs::, for information on |
| 198 | what to include in useful bug reports. |
| 199 | |
| 200 | * Menu: |
| 201 | |
| 202 | * Build Options:: |
| 203 | * ABI and ISA:: |
| 204 | * Notes for Package Builds:: |
| 205 | * Notes for Particular Systems:: |
| 206 | * Known Build Problems:: |
| 207 | * Performance optimization:: |
| 208 | |
| 209 | |
| 210 | File: gmp.info, Node: Build Options, Next: ABI and ISA, Prev: Installing GMP, Up: Installing GMP |
| 211 | |
| 212 | 2.1 Build Options |
| 213 | ================= |
| 214 | |
| 215 | All the usual autoconf configure options are available, run './configure |
| 216 | --help' for a summary. The file 'INSTALL.autoconf' has some generic |
| 217 | installation information too. |
| 218 | |
| 219 | Tools |
| 220 | 'configure' requires various Unix-like tools. See *note Notes for |
| 221 | Particular Systems::, for some options on non-Unix systems. |
| 222 | |
| 223 | It might be possible to build without the help of 'configure', |
| 224 | certainly all the code is there, but unfortunately you'll be on |
| 225 | your own. |
| 226 | |
| 227 | Build Directory |
| 228 | To compile in a separate build directory, 'cd' to that directory, |
| 229 | and prefix the configure command with the path to the GMP source |
| 230 | directory. For example |
| 231 | |
| 232 | cd /my/build/dir |
| 233 | /my/sources/gmp-6.2.0/configure |
| 234 | |
| 235 | Not all 'make' programs have the necessary features ('VPATH') to |
| 236 | support this. In particular, SunOS and Slowaris 'make' have bugs |
| 237 | that make them unable to build in a separate directory. Use GNU |
| 238 | 'make' instead. |
| 239 | |
| 240 | '--prefix' and '--exec-prefix' |
| 241 | The '--prefix' option can be used in the normal way to direct GMP |
| 242 | to install under a particular tree. The default is '/usr/local'. |
| 243 | |
| 244 | '--exec-prefix' can be used to direct architecture-dependent files |
| 245 | like 'libgmp.a' to a different location. This can be used to share |
| 246 | architecture-independent parts like the documentation, but separate |
| 247 | the dependent parts. Note however that 'gmp.h' is |
| 248 | architecture-dependent since it encodes certain aspects of |
| 249 | 'libgmp', so it will be necessary to ensure both '$prefix/include' |
| 250 | and '$exec_prefix/include' are available to the compiler. |
| 251 | |
| 252 | '--disable-shared', '--disable-static' |
| 253 | By default both shared and static libraries are built (where |
| 254 | possible), but one or other can be disabled. Shared libraries |
| 255 | result in smaller executables and permit code sharing between |
| 256 | separate running processes, but on some CPUs are slightly slower, |
| 257 | having a small cost on each function call. |
| 258 | |
| 259 | Native Compilation, '--build=CPU-VENDOR-OS' |
| 260 | For normal native compilation, the system can be specified with |
| 261 | '--build'. By default './configure' uses the output from running |
| 262 | './config.guess'. On some systems './config.guess' can determine |
| 263 | the exact CPU type, on others it will be necessary to give it |
| 264 | explicitly. For example, |
| 265 | |
| 266 | ./configure --build=ultrasparc-sun-solaris2.7 |
| 267 | |
| 268 | In all cases the 'OS' part is important, since it controls how |
| 269 | libtool generates shared libraries. Running './config.guess' is |
| 270 | the simplest way to see what it should be, if you don't know |
| 271 | already. |
| 272 | |
| 273 | Cross Compilation, '--host=CPU-VENDOR-OS' |
| 274 | When cross-compiling, the system used for compiling is given by |
| 275 | '--build' and the system where the library will run is given by |
| 276 | '--host'. For example when using a FreeBSD Athlon system to build |
| 277 | GNU/Linux m68k binaries, |
| 278 | |
| 279 | ./configure --build=athlon-pc-freebsd3.5 --host=m68k-mac-linux-gnu |
| 280 | |
| 281 | Compiler tools are sought first with the host system type as a |
| 282 | prefix. For example 'm68k-mac-linux-gnu-ranlib' is tried, then |
| 283 | plain 'ranlib'. This makes it possible for a set of |
| 284 | cross-compiling tools to co-exist with native tools. The prefix is |
| 285 | the argument to '--host', and this can be an alias, such as |
| 286 | 'm68k-linux'. But note that tools don't have to be setup this way, |
| 287 | it's enough to just have a 'PATH' with a suitable cross-compiling |
| 288 | 'cc' etc. |
| 289 | |
| 290 | Compiling for a different CPU in the same family as the build |
| 291 | system is a form of cross-compilation, though very possibly this |
| 292 | would merely be special options on a native compiler. In any case |
| 293 | './configure' avoids depending on being able to run code on the |
| 294 | build system, which is important when creating binaries for a newer |
| 295 | CPU since they very possibly won't run on the build system. |
| 296 | |
| 297 | In all cases the compiler must be able to produce an executable (of |
| 298 | whatever format) from a standard C 'main'. Although only object |
| 299 | files will go to make up 'libgmp', './configure' uses linking tests |
| 300 | for various purposes, such as determining what functions are |
| 301 | available on the host system. |
| 302 | |
| 303 | Currently a warning is given unless an explicit '--build' is used |
| 304 | when cross-compiling, because it may not be possible to correctly |
| 305 | guess the build system type if the 'PATH' has only a |
| 306 | cross-compiling 'cc'. |
| 307 | |
| 308 | Note that the '--target' option is not appropriate for GMP. It's |
| 309 | for use when building compiler tools, with '--host' being where |
| 310 | they will run, and '--target' what they'll produce code for. |
| 311 | Ordinary programs or libraries like GMP are only interested in the |
| 312 | '--host' part, being where they'll run. (Some past versions of GMP |
| 313 | used '--target' incorrectly.) |
| 314 | |
| 315 | CPU types |
| 316 | In general, if you want a library that runs as fast as possible, |
| 317 | you should configure GMP for the exact CPU type your system uses. |
| 318 | However, this may mean the binaries won't run on older members of |
| 319 | the family, and might run slower on other members, older or newer. |
| 320 | The best idea is always to build GMP for the exact machine type you |
| 321 | intend to run it on. |
| 322 | |
| 323 | The following CPUs have specific support. See 'configure.ac' for |
| 324 | details of what code and compiler options they select. |
| 325 | |
| 326 | * Alpha: alpha, alphaev5, alphaev56, alphapca56, alphapca57, |
| 327 | alphaev6, alphaev67, alphaev68 alphaev7 |
| 328 | |
| 329 | * Cray: c90, j90, t90, sv1 |
| 330 | |
| 331 | * HPPA: hppa1.0, hppa1.1, hppa2.0, hppa2.0n, hppa2.0w, hppa64 |
| 332 | |
| 333 | * IA-64: ia64, itanium, itanium2 |
| 334 | |
| 335 | * MIPS: mips, mips3, mips64 |
| 336 | |
| 337 | * Motorola: m68k, m68000, m68010, m68020, m68030, m68040, |
| 338 | m68060, m68302, m68360, m88k, m88110 |
| 339 | |
| 340 | * POWER: power, power1, power2, power2sc |
| 341 | |
| 342 | * PowerPC: powerpc, powerpc64, powerpc401, powerpc403, |
| 343 | powerpc405, powerpc505, powerpc601, powerpc602, powerpc603, |
| 344 | powerpc603e, powerpc604, powerpc604e, powerpc620, powerpc630, |
| 345 | powerpc740, powerpc7400, powerpc7450, powerpc750, powerpc801, |
| 346 | powerpc821, powerpc823, powerpc860, powerpc970 |
| 347 | |
| 348 | * SPARC: sparc, sparcv8, microsparc, supersparc, sparcv9, |
| 349 | ultrasparc, ultrasparc2, ultrasparc2i, ultrasparc3, sparc64 |
| 350 | |
| 351 | * x86 family: i386, i486, i586, pentium, pentiummmx, pentiumpro, |
| 352 | pentium2, pentium3, pentium4, k6, k62, k63, athlon, amd64, |
| 353 | viac3, viac32 |
| 354 | |
| 355 | * Other: arm, sh, sh2, vax, |
| 356 | |
| 357 | CPUs not listed will use generic C code. |
| 358 | |
| 359 | Generic C Build |
| 360 | If some of the assembly code causes problems, or if otherwise |
| 361 | desired, the generic C code can be selected with the configure |
| 362 | '--disable-assembly'. |
| 363 | |
| 364 | Note that this will run quite slowly, but it should be portable and |
| 365 | should at least make it possible to get something running if all |
| 366 | else fails. |
| 367 | |
| 368 | Fat binary, '--enable-fat' |
| 369 | Using '--enable-fat' selects a "fat binary" build on x86, where |
| 370 | optimized low level subroutines are chosen at runtime according to |
| 371 | the CPU detected. This means more code, but gives good performance |
| 372 | on all x86 chips. (This option might become available for more |
| 373 | architectures in the future.) |
| 374 | |
| 375 | 'ABI' |
| 376 | On some systems GMP supports multiple ABIs (application binary |
| 377 | interfaces), meaning data type sizes and calling conventions. By |
| 378 | default GMP chooses the best ABI available, but a particular ABI |
| 379 | can be selected. For example |
| 380 | |
| 381 | ./configure --host=mips64-sgi-irix6 ABI=n32 |
| 382 | |
| 383 | See *note ABI and ISA::, for the available choices on relevant |
| 384 | CPUs, and what applications need to do. |
| 385 | |
| 386 | 'CC', 'CFLAGS' |
| 387 | By default the C compiler used is chosen from among some likely |
| 388 | candidates, with 'gcc' normally preferred if it's present. The |
| 389 | usual 'CC=whatever' can be passed to './configure' to choose |
| 390 | something different. |
| 391 | |
| 392 | For various systems, default compiler flags are set based on the |
| 393 | CPU and compiler. The usual 'CFLAGS="-whatever"' can be passed to |
| 394 | './configure' to use something different or to set good flags for |
| 395 | systems GMP doesn't otherwise know. |
| 396 | |
| 397 | The 'CC' and 'CFLAGS' used are printed during './configure', and |
| 398 | can be found in each generated 'Makefile'. This is the easiest way |
| 399 | to check the defaults when considering changing or adding |
| 400 | something. |
| 401 | |
| 402 | Note that when 'CC' and 'CFLAGS' are specified on a system |
| 403 | supporting multiple ABIs it's important to give an explicit |
| 404 | 'ABI=whatever', since GMP can't determine the ABI just from the |
| 405 | flags and won't be able to select the correct assembly code. |
| 406 | |
| 407 | If just 'CC' is selected then normal default 'CFLAGS' for that |
| 408 | compiler will be used (if GMP recognises it). For example 'CC=gcc' |
| 409 | can be used to force the use of GCC, with default flags (and |
| 410 | default ABI). |
| 411 | |
| 412 | 'CPPFLAGS' |
| 413 | Any flags like '-D' defines or '-I' includes required by the |
| 414 | preprocessor should be set in 'CPPFLAGS' rather than 'CFLAGS'. |
| 415 | Compiling is done with both 'CPPFLAGS' and 'CFLAGS', but |
| 416 | preprocessing uses just 'CPPFLAGS'. This distinction is because |
| 417 | most preprocessors won't accept all the flags the compiler does. |
| 418 | Preprocessing is done separately in some configure tests. |
| 419 | |
| 420 | 'CC_FOR_BUILD' |
| 421 | Some build-time programs are compiled and run to generate |
| 422 | host-specific data tables. 'CC_FOR_BUILD' is the compiler used for |
| 423 | this. It doesn't need to be in any particular ABI or mode, it |
| 424 | merely needs to generate executables that can run. The default is |
| 425 | to try the selected 'CC' and some likely candidates such as 'cc' |
| 426 | and 'gcc', looking for something that works. |
| 427 | |
| 428 | No flags are used with 'CC_FOR_BUILD' because a simple invocation |
| 429 | like 'cc foo.c' should be enough. If some particular options are |
| 430 | required they can be included as for instance 'CC_FOR_BUILD="cc |
| 431 | -whatever"'. |
| 432 | |
| 433 | C++ Support, '--enable-cxx' |
| 434 | C++ support in GMP can be enabled with '--enable-cxx', in which |
| 435 | case a C++ compiler will be required. As a convenience |
| 436 | '--enable-cxx=detect' can be used to enable C++ support only if a |
| 437 | compiler can be found. The C++ support consists of a library |
| 438 | 'libgmpxx.la' and header file 'gmpxx.h' (*note Headers and |
| 439 | Libraries::). |
| 440 | |
| 441 | A separate 'libgmpxx.la' has been adopted rather than having C++ |
| 442 | objects within 'libgmp.la' in order to ensure dynamic linked C |
| 443 | programs aren't bloated by a dependency on the C++ standard |
| 444 | library, and to avoid any chance that the C++ compiler could be |
| 445 | required when linking plain C programs. |
| 446 | |
| 447 | 'libgmpxx.la' will use certain internals from 'libgmp.la' and can |
| 448 | only be expected to work with 'libgmp.la' from the same GMP |
| 449 | version. Future changes to the relevant internals will be |
| 450 | accompanied by renaming, so a mismatch will cause unresolved |
| 451 | symbols rather than perhaps mysterious misbehaviour. |
| 452 | |
| 453 | In general 'libgmpxx.la' will be usable only with the C++ compiler |
| 454 | that built it, since name mangling and runtime support are usually |
| 455 | incompatible between different compilers. |
| 456 | |
| 457 | 'CXX', 'CXXFLAGS' |
| 458 | When C++ support is enabled, the C++ compiler and its flags can be |
| 459 | set with variables 'CXX' and 'CXXFLAGS' in the usual way. The |
| 460 | default for 'CXX' is the first compiler that works from a list of |
| 461 | likely candidates, with 'g++' normally preferred when available. |
| 462 | The default for 'CXXFLAGS' is to try 'CFLAGS', 'CFLAGS' without |
| 463 | '-g', then for 'g++' either '-g -O2' or '-O2', or for other |
| 464 | compilers '-g' or nothing. Trying 'CFLAGS' this way is convenient |
| 465 | when using 'gcc' and 'g++' together, since the flags for 'gcc' will |
| 466 | usually suit 'g++'. |
| 467 | |
| 468 | It's important that the C and C++ compilers match, meaning their |
| 469 | startup and runtime support routines are compatible and that they |
| 470 | generate code in the same ABI (if there's a choice of ABIs on the |
| 471 | system). './configure' isn't currently able to check these things |
| 472 | very well itself, so for that reason '--disable-cxx' is the |
| 473 | default, to avoid a build failure due to a compiler mismatch. |
| 474 | Perhaps this will change in the future. |
| 475 | |
| 476 | Incidentally, it's normally not good enough to set 'CXX' to the |
| 477 | same as 'CC'. Although 'gcc' for instance recognises 'foo.cc' as |
| 478 | C++ code, only 'g++' will invoke the linker the right way when |
| 479 | building an executable or shared library from C++ object files. |
| 480 | |
| 481 | Temporary Memory, '--enable-alloca=<choice>' |
| 482 | GMP allocates temporary workspace using one of the following three |
| 483 | methods, which can be selected with for instance |
| 484 | '--enable-alloca=malloc-reentrant'. |
| 485 | |
| 486 | * 'alloca' - C library or compiler builtin. |
| 487 | * 'malloc-reentrant' - the heap, in a re-entrant fashion. |
| 488 | * 'malloc-notreentrant' - the heap, with global variables. |
| 489 | |
| 490 | For convenience, the following choices are also available. |
| 491 | '--disable-alloca' is the same as 'no'. |
| 492 | |
| 493 | * 'yes' - a synonym for 'alloca'. |
| 494 | * 'no' - a synonym for 'malloc-reentrant'. |
| 495 | * 'reentrant' - 'alloca' if available, otherwise |
| 496 | 'malloc-reentrant'. This is the default. |
| 497 | * 'notreentrant' - 'alloca' if available, otherwise |
| 498 | 'malloc-notreentrant'. |
| 499 | |
| 500 | 'alloca' is reentrant and fast, and is recommended. It actually |
| 501 | allocates just small blocks on the stack; larger ones use |
| 502 | malloc-reentrant. |
| 503 | |
| 504 | 'malloc-reentrant' is, as the name suggests, reentrant and thread |
| 505 | safe, but 'malloc-notreentrant' is faster and should be used if |
| 506 | reentrancy is not required. |
| 507 | |
| 508 | The two malloc methods in fact use the memory allocation functions |
| 509 | selected by 'mp_set_memory_functions', these being 'malloc' and |
| 510 | friends by default. *Note Custom Allocation::. |
| 511 | |
| 512 | An additional choice '--enable-alloca=debug' is available, to help |
| 513 | when debugging memory related problems (*note Debugging::). |
| 514 | |
| 515 | FFT Multiplication, '--disable-fft' |
| 516 | By default multiplications are done using Karatsuba, 3-way Toom, |
| 517 | higher degree Toom, and Fermat FFT. The FFT is only used on large |
| 518 | to very large operands and can be disabled to save code size if |
| 519 | desired. |
| 520 | |
| 521 | Assertion Checking, '--enable-assert' |
| 522 | This option enables some consistency checking within the library. |
| 523 | This can be of use while debugging, *note Debugging::. |
| 524 | |
| 525 | Execution Profiling, '--enable-profiling=prof/gprof/instrument' |
| 526 | Enable profiling support, in one of various styles, *note |
| 527 | Profiling::. |
| 528 | |
| 529 | 'MPN_PATH' |
| 530 | Various assembly versions of each mpn subroutines are provided. |
| 531 | For a given CPU, a search is made though a path to choose a version |
| 532 | of each. For example 'sparcv8' has |
| 533 | |
| 534 | MPN_PATH="sparc32/v8 sparc32 generic" |
| 535 | |
| 536 | which means look first for v8 code, then plain sparc32 (which is |
| 537 | v7), and finally fall back on generic C. Knowledgeable users with |
| 538 | special requirements can specify a different path. Normally this |
| 539 | is completely unnecessary. |
| 540 | |
| 541 | Documentation |
| 542 | The source for the document you're now reading is 'doc/gmp.texi', |
| 543 | in Texinfo format, see *note Texinfo: (texinfo)Top. |
| 544 | |
| 545 | Info format 'doc/gmp.info' is included in the distribution. The |
| 546 | usual automake targets are available to make PostScript, DVI, PDF |
| 547 | and HTML (these will require various TeX and Texinfo tools). |
| 548 | |
| 549 | DocBook and XML can be generated by the Texinfo 'makeinfo' program |
| 550 | too, see *note Options for 'makeinfo': (texinfo)makeinfo options. |
| 551 | |
| 552 | Some supplementary notes can also be found in the 'doc' |
| 553 | subdirectory. |
| 554 | |
| 555 | |
| 556 | File: gmp.info, Node: ABI and ISA, Next: Notes for Package Builds, Prev: Build Options, Up: Installing GMP |
| 557 | |
| 558 | 2.2 ABI and ISA |
| 559 | =============== |
| 560 | |
| 561 | ABI (Application Binary Interface) refers to the calling conventions |
| 562 | between functions, meaning what registers are used and what sizes the |
| 563 | various C data types are. ISA (Instruction Set Architecture) refers to |
| 564 | the instructions and registers a CPU has available. |
| 565 | |
| 566 | Some 64-bit ISA CPUs have both a 64-bit ABI and a 32-bit ABI defined, |
| 567 | the latter for compatibility with older CPUs in the family. GMP |
| 568 | supports some CPUs like this in both ABIs. In fact within GMP 'ABI' |
| 569 | means a combination of chip ABI, plus how GMP chooses to use it. For |
| 570 | example in some 32-bit ABIs, GMP may support a limb as either a 32-bit |
| 571 | 'long' or a 64-bit 'long long'. |
| 572 | |
| 573 | By default GMP chooses the best ABI available for a given system, and |
| 574 | this generally gives significantly greater speed. But an ABI can be |
| 575 | chosen explicitly to make GMP compatible with other libraries, or |
| 576 | particular application requirements. For example, |
| 577 | |
| 578 | ./configure ABI=32 |
| 579 | |
| 580 | In all cases it's vital that all object code used in a given program |
| 581 | is compiled for the same ABI. |
| 582 | |
| 583 | Usually a limb is implemented as a 'long'. When a 'long long' limb |
| 584 | is used this is encoded in the generated 'gmp.h'. This is convenient |
| 585 | for applications, but it does mean that 'gmp.h' will vary, and can't be |
| 586 | just copied around. 'gmp.h' remains compiler independent though, since |
| 587 | all compilers for a particular ABI will be expected to use the same limb |
| 588 | type. |
| 589 | |
| 590 | Currently no attempt is made to follow whatever conventions a system |
| 591 | has for installing library or header files built for a particular ABI. |
| 592 | This will probably only matter when installing multiple builds of GMP, |
| 593 | and it might be as simple as configuring with a special 'libdir', or it |
| 594 | might require more than that. Note that builds for different ABIs need |
| 595 | to done separately, with a fresh './configure' and 'make' each. |
| 596 | |
| 597 | |
| 598 | AMD64 ('x86_64') |
| 599 | On AMD64 systems supporting both 32-bit and 64-bit modes for |
| 600 | applications, the following ABI choices are available. |
| 601 | |
| 602 | 'ABI=64' |
| 603 | The 64-bit ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and makes full |
| 604 | use of the chip architecture. This is the default. |
| 605 | Applications will usually not need special compiler flags, but |
| 606 | for reference the option is |
| 607 | |
| 608 | gcc -m64 |
| 609 | |
| 610 | 'ABI=32' |
| 611 | The 32-bit ABI is the usual i386 conventions. This will be |
| 612 | slower, and is not recommended except for inter-operating with |
| 613 | other code not yet 64-bit capable. Applications must be |
| 614 | compiled with |
| 615 | |
| 616 | gcc -m32 |
| 617 | |
| 618 | (In GCC 2.95 and earlier there's no '-m32' option, it's the |
| 619 | only mode.) |
| 620 | |
| 621 | 'ABI=x32' |
| 622 | The x32 ABI uses 64-bit limbs but 32-bit pointers. Like the |
| 623 | 64-bit ABI, it makes full use of the chip's arithmetic |
| 624 | capabilities. This ABI is not supported by all operating |
| 625 | systems. |
| 626 | |
| 627 | gcc -mx32 |
| 628 | |
| 629 | |
| 630 | HPPA 2.0 ('hppa2.0*', 'hppa64') |
| 631 | 'ABI=2.0w' |
| 632 | The 2.0w ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and is available |
| 633 | on HP-UX 11 or up. Applications must be compiled with |
| 634 | |
| 635 | gcc [built for 2.0w] |
| 636 | cc +DD64 |
| 637 | |
| 638 | 'ABI=2.0n' |
| 639 | The 2.0n ABI means the 32-bit HPPA 1.0 ABI and all its normal |
| 640 | calling conventions, but with 64-bit instructions permitted |
| 641 | within functions. GMP uses a 64-bit 'long long' for a limb. |
| 642 | This ABI is available on hppa64 GNU/Linux and on HP-UX 10 or |
| 643 | higher. Applications must be compiled with |
| 644 | |
| 645 | gcc [built for 2.0n] |
| 646 | cc +DA2.0 +e |
| 647 | |
| 648 | Note that current versions of GCC (eg. 3.2) don't generate |
| 649 | 64-bit instructions for 'long long' operations and so may be |
| 650 | slower than for 2.0w. (The GMP assembly code is the same |
| 651 | though.) |
| 652 | |
| 653 | 'ABI=1.0' |
| 654 | HPPA 2.0 CPUs can run all HPPA 1.0 and 1.1 code in the 32-bit |
| 655 | HPPA 1.0 ABI. No special compiler options are needed for |
| 656 | applications. |
| 657 | |
| 658 | All three ABIs are available for CPU types 'hppa2.0w', 'hppa2.0' |
| 659 | and 'hppa64', but for CPU type 'hppa2.0n' only 2.0n or 1.0 are |
| 660 | considered. |
| 661 | |
| 662 | Note that GCC on HP-UX has no options to choose between 2.0n and |
| 663 | 2.0w modes, unlike HP 'cc'. Instead it must be built for one or |
| 664 | the other ABI. GMP will detect how it was built, and skip to the |
| 665 | corresponding 'ABI'. |
| 666 | |
| 667 | |
| 668 | IA-64 under HP-UX ('ia64*-*-hpux*', 'itanium*-*-hpux*') |
| 669 | HP-UX supports two ABIs for IA-64. GMP performance is the same in |
| 670 | both. |
| 671 | |
| 672 | 'ABI=32' |
| 673 | In the 32-bit ABI, pointers, 'int's and 'long's are 32 bits |
| 674 | and GMP uses a 64 bit 'long long' for a limb. Applications |
| 675 | can be compiled without any special flags since this ABI is |
| 676 | the default in both HP C and GCC, but for reference the flags |
| 677 | are |
| 678 | |
| 679 | gcc -milp32 |
| 680 | cc +DD32 |
| 681 | |
| 682 | 'ABI=64' |
| 683 | In the 64-bit ABI, 'long's and pointers are 64 bits and GMP |
| 684 | uses a 'long' for a limb. Applications must be compiled with |
| 685 | |
| 686 | gcc -mlp64 |
| 687 | cc +DD64 |
| 688 | |
| 689 | On other IA-64 systems, GNU/Linux for instance, 'ABI=64' is the |
| 690 | only choice. |
| 691 | |
| 692 | |
| 693 | MIPS under IRIX 6 ('mips*-*-irix[6789]') |
| 694 | IRIX 6 always has a 64-bit MIPS 3 or better CPU, and supports ABIs |
| 695 | o32, n32, and 64. n32 or 64 are recommended, and GMP performance |
| 696 | will be the same in each. The default is n32. |
| 697 | |
| 698 | 'ABI=o32' |
| 699 | The o32 ABI is 32-bit pointers and integers, and no 64-bit |
| 700 | operations. GMP will be slower than in n32 or 64, this option |
| 701 | only exists to support old compilers, eg. GCC 2.7.2. |
| 702 | Applications can be compiled with no special flags on an old |
| 703 | compiler, or on a newer compiler with |
| 704 | |
| 705 | gcc -mabi=32 |
| 706 | cc -32 |
| 707 | |
| 708 | 'ABI=n32' |
| 709 | The n32 ABI is 32-bit pointers and integers, but with a 64-bit |
| 710 | limb using a 'long long'. Applications must be compiled with |
| 711 | |
| 712 | gcc -mabi=n32 |
| 713 | cc -n32 |
| 714 | |
| 715 | 'ABI=64' |
| 716 | The 64-bit ABI is 64-bit pointers and integers. Applications |
| 717 | must be compiled with |
| 718 | |
| 719 | gcc -mabi=64 |
| 720 | cc -64 |
| 721 | |
| 722 | Note that MIPS GNU/Linux, as of kernel version 2.2, doesn't have |
| 723 | the necessary support for n32 or 64 and so only gets a 32-bit limb |
| 724 | and the MIPS 2 code. |
| 725 | |
| 726 | |
| 727 | PowerPC 64 ('powerpc64', 'powerpc620', 'powerpc630', 'powerpc970', 'power4', 'power5') |
| 728 | 'ABI=mode64' |
| 729 | The AIX 64 ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and is the |
| 730 | default on PowerPC 64 '*-*-aix*' systems. Applications must |
| 731 | be compiled with |
| 732 | |
| 733 | gcc -maix64 |
| 734 | xlc -q64 |
| 735 | |
| 736 | On 64-bit GNU/Linux, BSD, and Mac OS X/Darwin systems, the |
| 737 | applications must be compiled with |
| 738 | |
| 739 | gcc -m64 |
| 740 | |
| 741 | 'ABI=mode32' |
| 742 | The 'mode32' ABI uses a 64-bit 'long long' limb but with the |
| 743 | chip still in 32-bit mode and using 32-bit calling |
| 744 | conventions. This is the default for systems where the true |
| 745 | 64-bit ABI is unavailable. No special compiler options are |
| 746 | typically needed for applications. This ABI is not available |
| 747 | under AIX. |
| 748 | |
| 749 | 'ABI=32' |
| 750 | This is the basic 32-bit PowerPC ABI, with a 32-bit limb. No |
| 751 | special compiler options are needed for applications. |
| 752 | |
| 753 | GMP's speed is greatest for the 'mode64' ABI, the 'mode32' ABI is |
| 754 | 2nd best. In 'ABI=32' only the 32-bit ISA is used and this doesn't |
| 755 | make full use of a 64-bit chip. |
| 756 | |
| 757 | |
| 758 | Sparc V9 ('sparc64', 'sparcv9', 'ultrasparc*') |
| 759 | 'ABI=64' |
| 760 | The 64-bit V9 ABI is available on the various BSD sparc64 |
| 761 | ports, recent versions of Sparc64 GNU/Linux, and Solaris 2.7 |
| 762 | and up (when the kernel is in 64-bit mode). GCC 3.2 or |
| 763 | higher, or Sun 'cc' is required. On GNU/Linux, depending on |
| 764 | the default 'gcc' mode, applications must be compiled with |
| 765 | |
| 766 | gcc -m64 |
| 767 | |
| 768 | On Solaris applications must be compiled with |
| 769 | |
| 770 | gcc -m64 -mptr64 -Wa,-xarch=v9 -mcpu=v9 |
| 771 | cc -xarch=v9 |
| 772 | |
| 773 | On the BSD sparc64 systems no special options are required, |
| 774 | since 64-bits is the only ABI available. |
| 775 | |
| 776 | 'ABI=32' |
| 777 | For the basic 32-bit ABI, GMP still uses as much of the V9 ISA |
| 778 | as it can. In the Sun documentation this combination is known |
| 779 | as "v8plus". On GNU/Linux, depending on the default 'gcc' |
| 780 | mode, applications may need to be compiled with |
| 781 | |
| 782 | gcc -m32 |
| 783 | |
| 784 | On Solaris, no special compiler options are required for |
| 785 | applications, though using something like the following is |
| 786 | recommended. ('gcc' 2.8 and earlier only support '-mv8' |
| 787 | though.) |
| 788 | |
| 789 | gcc -mv8plus |
| 790 | cc -xarch=v8plus |
| 791 | |
| 792 | GMP speed is greatest in 'ABI=64', so it's the default where |
| 793 | available. The speed is partly because there are extra registers |
| 794 | available and partly because 64-bits is considered the more |
| 795 | important case and has therefore had better code written for it. |
| 796 | |
| 797 | Don't be confused by the names of the '-m' and '-x' compiler |
| 798 | options, they're called 'arch' but effectively control both ABI and |
| 799 | ISA. |
| 800 | |
| 801 | On Solaris 2.6 and earlier, only 'ABI=32' is available since the |
| 802 | kernel doesn't save all registers. |
| 803 | |
| 804 | On Solaris 2.7 with the kernel in 32-bit mode, a normal native |
| 805 | build will reject 'ABI=64' because the resulting executables won't |
| 806 | run. 'ABI=64' can still be built if desired by making it look like |
| 807 | a cross-compile, for example |
| 808 | |
| 809 | ./configure --build=none --host=sparcv9-sun-solaris2.7 ABI=64 |
| 810 | |
| 811 | |
| 812 | File: gmp.info, Node: Notes for Package Builds, Next: Notes for Particular Systems, Prev: ABI and ISA, Up: Installing GMP |
| 813 | |
| 814 | 2.3 Notes for Package Builds |
| 815 | ============================ |
| 816 | |
| 817 | GMP should present no great difficulties for packaging in a binary |
| 818 | distribution. |
| 819 | |
| 820 | Libtool is used to build the library and '-version-info' is set |
| 821 | appropriately, having started from '3:0:0' in GMP 3.0 (*note Library |
| 822 | interface versions: (libtool)Versioning.). |
| 823 | |
| 824 | The GMP 4 series will be upwardly binary compatible in each release |
| 825 | and will be upwardly binary compatible with all of the GMP 3 series. |
| 826 | Additional function interfaces may be added in each release, so on |
| 827 | systems where libtool versioning is not fully checked by the loader an |
| 828 | auxiliary mechanism may be needed to express that a dynamic linked |
| 829 | application depends on a new enough GMP. |
| 830 | |
| 831 | An auxiliary mechanism may also be needed to express that |
| 832 | 'libgmpxx.la' (from '--enable-cxx', *note Build Options::) requires |
| 833 | 'libgmp.la' from the same GMP version, since this is not done by the |
| 834 | libtool versioning, nor otherwise. A mismatch will result in unresolved |
| 835 | symbols from the linker, or perhaps the loader. |
| 836 | |
| 837 | When building a package for a CPU family, care should be taken to use |
| 838 | '--host' (or '--build') to choose the least common denominator among the |
| 839 | CPUs which might use the package. For example this might mean plain |
| 840 | 'sparc' (meaning V7) for SPARCs. |
| 841 | |
| 842 | For x86s, '--enable-fat' sets things up for a fat binary build, |
| 843 | making a runtime selection of optimized low level routines. This is a |
| 844 | good choice for packaging to run on a range of x86 chips. |
| 845 | |
| 846 | Users who care about speed will want GMP built for their exact CPU |
| 847 | type, to make best use of the available optimizations. Providing a way |
| 848 | to suitably rebuild a package may be useful. This could be as simple as |
| 849 | making it possible for a user to omit '--build' (and '--host') so |
| 850 | './config.guess' will detect the CPU. But a way to manually specify a |
| 851 | '--build' will be wanted for systems where './config.guess' is inexact. |
| 852 | |
| 853 | On systems with multiple ABIs, a packaged build will need to decide |
| 854 | which among the choices is to be provided, see *note ABI and ISA::. A |
| 855 | given run of './configure' etc will only build one ABI. If a second ABI |
| 856 | is also required then a second run of './configure' etc must be made, |
| 857 | starting from a clean directory tree ('make distclean'). |
| 858 | |
| 859 | As noted under "ABI and ISA", currently no attempt is made to follow |
| 860 | system conventions for install locations that vary with ABI, such as |
| 861 | '/usr/lib/sparcv9' for 'ABI=64' as opposed to '/usr/lib' for 'ABI=32'. |
| 862 | A package build can override 'libdir' and other standard variables as |
| 863 | necessary. |
| 864 | |
| 865 | Note that 'gmp.h' is a generated file, and will be architecture and |
| 866 | ABI dependent. When attempting to install two ABIs simultaneously it |
| 867 | will be important that an application compile gets the correct 'gmp.h' |
| 868 | for its desired ABI. If compiler include paths don't vary with ABI |
| 869 | options then it might be necessary to create a '/usr/include/gmp.h' |
| 870 | which tests preprocessor symbols and chooses the correct actual 'gmp.h'. |
| 871 | |
| 872 | |
| 873 | File: gmp.info, Node: Notes for Particular Systems, Next: Known Build Problems, Prev: Notes for Package Builds, Up: Installing GMP |
| 874 | |
| 875 | 2.4 Notes for Particular Systems |
| 876 | ================================ |
| 877 | |
| 878 | AIX 3 and 4 |
| 879 | On systems '*-*-aix[34]*' shared libraries are disabled by default, |
| 880 | since some versions of the native 'ar' fail on the convenience |
| 881 | libraries used. A shared build can be attempted with |
| 882 | |
| 883 | ./configure --enable-shared --disable-static |
| 884 | |
| 885 | Note that the '--disable-static' is necessary because in a shared |
| 886 | build libtool makes 'libgmp.a' a symlink to 'libgmp.so', apparently |
| 887 | for the benefit of old versions of 'ld' which only recognise '.a', |
| 888 | but unfortunately this is done even if a fully functional 'ld' is |
| 889 | available. |
| 890 | |
| 891 | ARM |
| 892 | On systems 'arm*-*-*', versions of GCC up to and including 2.95.3 |
| 893 | have a bug in unsigned division, giving wrong results for some |
| 894 | operands. GMP './configure' will demand GCC 2.95.4 or later. |
| 895 | |
| 896 | Compaq C++ |
| 897 | Compaq C++ on OSF 5.1 has two flavours of 'iostream', a standard |
| 898 | one and an old pre-standard one (see 'man iostream_intro'). GMP |
| 899 | can only use the standard one, which unfortunately is not the |
| 900 | default but must be selected by defining '__USE_STD_IOSTREAM'. |
| 901 | Configure with for instance |
| 902 | |
| 903 | ./configure --enable-cxx CPPFLAGS=-D__USE_STD_IOSTREAM |
| 904 | |
| 905 | Floating Point Mode |
| 906 | On some systems, the hardware floating point has a control mode |
| 907 | which can set all operations to be done in a particular precision, |
| 908 | for instance single, double or extended on x86 systems (x87 |
| 909 | floating point). The GMP functions involving a 'double' cannot be |
| 910 | expected to operate to their full precision when the hardware is in |
| 911 | single precision mode. Of course this affects all code, including |
| 912 | application code, not just GMP. |
| 913 | |
| 914 | FreeBSD 7.x, 8.x, 9.0, 9.1, 9.2 |
| 915 | 'm4' in these releases of FreeBSD has an eval function which |
| 916 | ignores its 2nd and 3rd arguments, which makes it unsuitable for |
| 917 | '.asm' file processing. './configure' will detect the problem and |
| 918 | either abort or choose another m4 in the 'PATH'. The bug is fixed |
| 919 | in FreeBSD 9.3 and 10.0, so either upgrade or use GNU m4. Note |
| 920 | that the FreeBSD package system installs GNU m4 under the name |
| 921 | 'gm4', which GMP cannot guess. |
| 922 | |
| 923 | FreeBSD 7.x, 8.x, 9.x |
| 924 | GMP releases starting with 6.0 do not support 'ABI=32' on |
| 925 | FreeBSD/amd64 prior to release 10.0 of the system. The cause is a |
| 926 | broken 'limits.h', which GMP no longer works around. |
| 927 | |
| 928 | MS-DOS and MS Windows |
| 929 | On an MS-DOS system DJGPP can be used to build GMP, and on an MS |
| 930 | Windows system Cygwin, DJGPP and MINGW can be used. All three are |
| 931 | excellent ports of GCC and the various GNU tools. |
| 932 | |
| 933 | <https://www.cygwin.com/> |
| 934 | <http://www.delorie.com/djgpp/> |
| 935 | <http://www.mingw.org/> |
| 936 | |
| 937 | Microsoft also publishes an Interix "Services for Unix" which can |
| 938 | be used to build GMP on Windows (with a normal './configure'), but |
| 939 | it's not free software. |
| 940 | |
| 941 | MS Windows DLLs |
| 942 | On systems '*-*-cygwin*', '*-*-mingw*' and '*-*-pw32*' by default |
| 943 | GMP builds only a static library, but a DLL can be built instead |
| 944 | using |
| 945 | |
| 946 | ./configure --disable-static --enable-shared |
| 947 | |
| 948 | Static and DLL libraries can't both be built, since certain export |
| 949 | directives in 'gmp.h' must be different. |
| 950 | |
| 951 | A MINGW DLL build of GMP can be used with Microsoft C. Libtool |
| 952 | doesn't install a '.lib' format import library, but it can be |
| 953 | created with MS 'lib' as follows, and copied to the install |
| 954 | directory. Similarly for 'libmp' and 'libgmpxx'. |
| 955 | |
| 956 | cd .libs |
| 957 | lib /def:libgmp-3.dll.def /out:libgmp-3.lib |
| 958 | |
| 959 | MINGW uses the C runtime library 'msvcrt.dll' for I/O, so |
| 960 | applications wanting to use the GMP I/O routines must be compiled |
| 961 | with 'cl /MD' to do the same. If one of the other C runtime |
| 962 | library choices provided by MS C is desired then the suggestion is |
| 963 | to use the GMP string functions and confine I/O to the application. |
| 964 | |
| 965 | Motorola 68k CPU Types |
| 966 | 'm68k' is taken to mean 68000. 'm68020' or higher will give a |
| 967 | performance boost on applicable CPUs. 'm68360' can be used for |
| 968 | CPU32 series chips. 'm68302' can be used for "Dragonball" series |
| 969 | chips, though this is merely a synonym for 'm68000'. |
| 970 | |
| 971 | NetBSD 5.x |
| 972 | 'm4' in these releases of NetBSD has an eval function which ignores |
| 973 | its 2nd and 3rd arguments, which makes it unsuitable for '.asm' |
| 974 | file processing. './configure' will detect the problem and either |
| 975 | abort or choose another m4 in the 'PATH'. The bug is fixed in |
| 976 | NetBSD 6, so either upgrade or use GNU m4. Note that the NetBSD |
| 977 | package system installs GNU m4 under the name 'gm4', which GMP |
| 978 | cannot guess. |
| 979 | |
| 980 | OpenBSD 2.6 |
| 981 | 'm4' in this release of OpenBSD has a bug in 'eval' that makes it |
| 982 | unsuitable for '.asm' file processing. './configure' will detect |
| 983 | the problem and either abort or choose another m4 in the 'PATH'. |
| 984 | The bug is fixed in OpenBSD 2.7, so either upgrade or use GNU m4. |
| 985 | |
| 986 | Power CPU Types |
| 987 | In GMP, CPU types 'power*' and 'powerpc*' will each use |
| 988 | instructions not available on the other, so it's important to |
| 989 | choose the right one for the CPU that will be used. Currently GMP |
| 990 | has no assembly code support for using just the common instruction |
| 991 | subset. To get executables that run on both, the current |
| 992 | suggestion is to use the generic C code ('--disable-assembly'), |
| 993 | possibly with appropriate compiler options (like '-mcpu=common' for |
| 994 | 'gcc'). CPU 'rs6000' (which is not a CPU but a family of |
| 995 | workstations) is accepted by 'config.sub', but is currently |
| 996 | equivalent to '--disable-assembly'. |
| 997 | |
| 998 | Sparc CPU Types |
| 999 | 'sparcv8' or 'supersparc' on relevant systems will give a |
| 1000 | significant performance increase over the V7 code selected by plain |
| 1001 | 'sparc'. |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | Sparc App Regs |
| 1004 | The GMP assembly code for both 32-bit and 64-bit Sparc clobbers the |
| 1005 | "application registers" 'g2', 'g3' and 'g4', the same way that the |
| 1006 | GCC default '-mapp-regs' does (*note SPARC Options: (gcc)SPARC |
| 1007 | Options.). |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 | This makes that code unsuitable for use with the special V9 |
| 1010 | '-mcmodel=embmedany' (which uses 'g4' as a data segment pointer), |
| 1011 | and for applications wanting to use those registers for special |
| 1012 | purposes. In these cases the only suggestion currently is to build |
| 1013 | GMP with '--disable-assembly' to avoid the assembly code. |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | SunOS 4 |
| 1016 | '/usr/bin/m4' lacks various features needed to process '.asm' |
| 1017 | files, and instead './configure' will automatically use |
| 1018 | '/usr/5bin/m4', which we believe is always available (if not then |
| 1019 | use GNU m4). |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | x86 CPU Types |
| 1022 | 'i586', 'pentium' or 'pentiummmx' code is good for its intended P5 |
| 1023 | Pentium chips, but quite slow when run on Intel P6 class chips |
| 1024 | (PPro, P-II, P-III). 'i386' is a better choice when making |
| 1025 | binaries that must run on both. |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | x86 MMX and SSE2 Code |
| 1028 | If the CPU selected has MMX code but the assembler doesn't support |
| 1029 | it, a warning is given and non-MMX code is used instead. This will |
| 1030 | be an inferior build, since the MMX code that's present is there |
| 1031 | because it's faster than the corresponding plain integer code. The |
| 1032 | same applies to SSE2. |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | Old versions of 'gas' don't support MMX instructions, in particular |
| 1035 | version 1.92.3 that comes with FreeBSD 2.2.8 or the more recent |
| 1036 | OpenBSD 3.1 doesn't. |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | Solaris 2.6 and 2.7 'as' generate incorrect object code for |
| 1039 | register to register 'movq' instructions, and so can't be used for |
| 1040 | MMX code. Install a recent 'gas' if MMX code is wanted on these |
| 1041 | systems. |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | File: gmp.info, Node: Known Build Problems, Next: Performance optimization, Prev: Notes for Particular Systems, Up: Installing GMP |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | 2.5 Known Build Problems |
| 1047 | ======================== |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | You might find more up-to-date information at <https://gmplib.org/>. |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | Compiler link options |
| 1052 | The version of libtool currently in use rather aggressively strips |
| 1053 | compiler options when linking a shared library. This will |
| 1054 | hopefully be relaxed in the future, but for now if this is a |
| 1055 | problem the suggestion is to create a little script to hide them, |
| 1056 | and for instance configure with |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | ./configure CC=gcc-with-my-options |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | DJGPP ('*-*-msdosdjgpp*') |
| 1061 | The DJGPP port of 'bash' 2.03 is unable to run the 'configure' |
| 1062 | script, it exits silently, having died writing a preamble to |
| 1063 | 'config.log'. Use 'bash' 2.04 or higher. |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | 'make all' was found to run out of memory during the final |
| 1066 | 'libgmp.la' link on one system tested, despite having 64Mb |
| 1067 | available. Running 'make libgmp.la' directly helped, perhaps |
| 1068 | recursing into the various subdirectories uses up memory. |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | GNU binutils 'strip' prior to 2.12 |
| 1071 | 'strip' from GNU binutils 2.11 and earlier should not be used on |
| 1072 | the static libraries 'libgmp.a' and 'libmp.a' since it will discard |
| 1073 | all but the last of multiple archive members with the same name, |
| 1074 | like the three versions of 'init.o' in 'libgmp.a'. Binutils 2.12 |
| 1075 | or higher can be used successfully. |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | The shared libraries 'libgmp.so' and 'libmp.so' are not affected by |
| 1078 | this and any version of 'strip' can be used on them. |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | 'make' syntax error |
| 1081 | On certain versions of SCO OpenServer 5 and IRIX 6.5 the native |
| 1082 | 'make' is unable to handle the long dependencies list for |
| 1083 | 'libgmp.la'. The symptom is a "syntax error" on the following line |
| 1084 | of the top-level 'Makefile'. |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | libgmp.la: $(libgmp_la_OBJECTS) $(libgmp_la_DEPENDENCIES) |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | Either use GNU Make, or as a workaround remove |
| 1089 | '$(libgmp_la_DEPENDENCIES)' from that line (which will make the |
| 1090 | initial build work, but if any recompiling is done 'libgmp.la' |
| 1091 | might not be rebuilt). |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | MacOS X ('*-*-darwin*') |
| 1094 | Libtool currently only knows how to create shared libraries on |
| 1095 | MacOS X using the native 'cc' (which is a modified GCC), not a |
| 1096 | plain GCC. A static-only build should work though |
| 1097 | ('--disable-shared'). |
| 1098 | |
| 1099 | NeXT prior to 3.3 |
| 1100 | The system compiler on old versions of NeXT was a massacred and old |
| 1101 | GCC, even if it called itself 'cc'. This compiler cannot be used |
| 1102 | to build GMP, you need to get a real GCC, and install that. (NeXT |
| 1103 | may have fixed this in release 3.3 of their system.) |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | POWER and PowerPC |
| 1106 | Bugs in GCC 2.7.2 (and 2.6.3) mean it can't be used to compile GMP |
| 1107 | on POWER or PowerPC. If you want to use GCC for these machines, |
| 1108 | get GCC 2.7.2.1 (or later). |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | Sequent Symmetry |
| 1111 | Use the GNU assembler instead of the system assembler, since the |
| 1112 | latter has serious bugs. |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | Solaris 2.6 |
| 1115 | The system 'sed' prints an error "Output line too long" when |
| 1116 | libtool builds 'libgmp.la'. This doesn't seem to cause any obvious |
| 1117 | ill effects, but GNU 'sed' is recommended, to avoid any doubt. |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | Sparc Solaris 2.7 with gcc 2.95.2 in 'ABI=32' |
| 1120 | A shared library build of GMP seems to fail in this combination, it |
| 1121 | builds but then fails the tests, apparently due to some incorrect |
| 1122 | data relocations within 'gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size'. The exact |
| 1123 | cause is unknown, '--disable-shared' is recommended. |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | File: gmp.info, Node: Performance optimization, Prev: Known Build Problems, Up: Installing GMP |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | 2.6 Performance optimization |
| 1129 | ============================ |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | For optimal performance, build GMP for the exact CPU type of the target |
| 1132 | computer, see *note Build Options::. |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | Unlike what is the case for most other programs, the compiler |
| 1135 | typically doesn't matter much, since GMP uses assembly language for the |
| 1136 | most critical operation. |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | In particular for long-running GMP applications, and applications |
| 1139 | demanding extremely large numbers, building and running the 'tuneup' |
| 1140 | program in the 'tune' subdirectory, can be important. For example, |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | cd tune |
| 1143 | make tuneup |
| 1144 | ./tuneup |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | will generate better contents for the 'gmp-mparam.h' parameter file. |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | To use the results, put the output in the file indicated in the |
| 1149 | 'Parameters for ...' header. Then recompile from scratch. |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | The 'tuneup' program takes one useful parameter, '-f NNN', which |
| 1152 | instructs the program how long to check FFT multiply parameters. If |
| 1153 | you're going to use GMP for extremely large numbers, you may want to run |
| 1154 | 'tuneup' with a large NNN value. |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 | File: gmp.info, Node: GMP Basics, Next: Reporting Bugs, Prev: Installing GMP, Up: Top |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | 3 GMP Basics |
| 1160 | ************ |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | *Using functions, macros, data types, etc. not documented in this manual |
| 1163 | is strongly discouraged. If you do so your application is guaranteed to |
| 1164 | be incompatible with future versions of GMP.* |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | * Menu: |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | * Headers and Libraries:: |
| 1169 | * Nomenclature and Types:: |
| 1170 | * Function Classes:: |
| 1171 | * Variable Conventions:: |
| 1172 | * Parameter Conventions:: |
| 1173 | * Memory Management:: |
| 1174 | * Reentrancy:: |
| 1175 | * Useful Macros and Constants:: |
| 1176 | * Compatibility with older versions:: |
| 1177 | * Demonstration Programs:: |
| 1178 | * Efficiency:: |
| 1179 | * Debugging:: |
| 1180 | * Profiling:: |
| 1181 | * Autoconf:: |
| 1182 | * Emacs:: |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 | File: gmp.info, Node: Headers and Libraries, Next: Nomenclature and Types, Prev: GMP Basics, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | 3.1 Headers and Libraries |
| 1188 | ========================= |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | All declarations needed to use GMP are collected in the include file |
| 1191 | 'gmp.h'. It is designed to work with both C and C++ compilers. |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | #include <gmp.h> |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | Note however that prototypes for GMP functions with 'FILE *' |
| 1196 | parameters are only provided if '<stdio.h>' is included too. |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 1199 | #include <gmp.h> |
| 1200 | |
| 1201 | Likewise '<stdarg.h>' is required for prototypes with 'va_list' |
| 1202 | parameters, such as 'gmp_vprintf'. And '<obstack.h>' for prototypes |
| 1203 | with 'struct obstack' parameters, such as 'gmp_obstack_printf', when |
| 1204 | available. |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | All programs using GMP must link against the 'libgmp' library. On a |
| 1207 | typical Unix-like system this can be done with '-lgmp', for example |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | gcc myprogram.c -lgmp |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | GMP C++ functions are in a separate 'libgmpxx' library. This is |
| 1212 | built and installed if C++ support has been enabled (*note Build |
| 1213 | Options::). For example, |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | g++ mycxxprog.cc -lgmpxx -lgmp |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | GMP is built using Libtool and an application can use that to link if |
| 1218 | desired, *note GNU Libtool: (libtool)Top. |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | If GMP has been installed to a non-standard location then it may be |
| 1221 | necessary to use '-I' and '-L' compiler options to point to the right |
| 1222 | directories, and some sort of run-time path for a shared library. |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | File: gmp.info, Node: Nomenclature and Types, Next: Function Classes, Prev: Headers and Libraries, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | 3.2 Nomenclature and Types |
| 1228 | ========================== |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | In this manual, "integer" usually means a multiple precision integer, as |
| 1231 | defined by the GMP library. The C data type for such integers is |
| 1232 | 'mpz_t'. Here are some examples of how to declare such integers: |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | mpz_t sum; |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | struct foo { mpz_t x, y; }; |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | mpz_t vec[20]; |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 | "Rational number" means a multiple precision fraction. The C data |
| 1241 | type for these fractions is 'mpq_t'. For example: |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | mpq_t quotient; |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | "Floating point number" or "Float" for short, is an arbitrary |
| 1246 | precision mantissa with a limited precision exponent. The C data type |
| 1247 | for such objects is 'mpf_t'. For example: |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | mpf_t fp; |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | The floating point functions accept and return exponents in the C |
| 1252 | type 'mp_exp_t'. Currently this is usually a 'long', but on some |
| 1253 | systems it's an 'int' for efficiency. |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | A "limb" means the part of a multi-precision number that fits in a |
| 1256 | single machine word. (We chose this word because a limb of the human |
| 1257 | body is analogous to a digit, only larger, and containing several |
| 1258 | digits.) Normally a limb is 32 or 64 bits. The C data type for a limb |
| 1259 | is 'mp_limb_t'. |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | Counts of limbs of a multi-precision number represented in the C type |
| 1262 | 'mp_size_t'. Currently this is normally a 'long', but on some systems |
| 1263 | it's an 'int' for efficiency, and on some systems it will be 'long long' |
| 1264 | in the future. |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | Counts of bits of a multi-precision number are represented in the C |
| 1267 | type 'mp_bitcnt_t'. Currently this is always an 'unsigned long', but on |
| 1268 | some systems it will be an 'unsigned long long' in the future. |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | "Random state" means an algorithm selection and current state data. |
| 1271 | The C data type for such objects is 'gmp_randstate_t'. For example: |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | gmp_randstate_t rstate; |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | Also, in general 'mp_bitcnt_t' is used for bit counts and ranges, and |
| 1276 | 'size_t' is used for byte or character counts. |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | File: gmp.info, Node: Function Classes, Next: Variable Conventions, Prev: Nomenclature and Types, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | 3.3 Function Classes |
| 1282 | ==================== |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | There are six classes of functions in the GMP library: |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | 1. Functions for signed integer arithmetic, with names beginning with |
| 1287 | 'mpz_'. The associated type is 'mpz_t'. There are about 150 |
| 1288 | functions in this class. (*note Integer Functions::) |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | 2. Functions for rational number arithmetic, with names beginning with |
| 1291 | 'mpq_'. The associated type is 'mpq_t'. There are about 35 |
| 1292 | functions in this class, but the integer functions can be used for |
| 1293 | arithmetic on the numerator and denominator separately. (*note |
| 1294 | Rational Number Functions::) |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 | 3. Functions for floating-point arithmetic, with names beginning with |
| 1297 | 'mpf_'. The associated type is 'mpf_t'. There are about 70 |
| 1298 | functions is this class. (*note Floating-point Functions::) |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | 4. Fast low-level functions that operate on natural numbers. These |
| 1301 | are used by the functions in the preceding groups, and you can also |
| 1302 | call them directly from very time-critical user programs. These |
| 1303 | functions' names begin with 'mpn_'. The associated type is array |
| 1304 | of 'mp_limb_t'. There are about 60 (hard-to-use) functions in this |
| 1305 | class. (*note Low-level Functions::) |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | 5. Miscellaneous functions. Functions for setting up custom |
| 1308 | allocation and functions for generating random numbers. (*note |
| 1309 | Custom Allocation::, and *note Random Number Functions::) |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | File: gmp.info, Node: Variable Conventions, Next: Parameter Conventions, Prev: Function Classes, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | 3.4 Variable Conventions |
| 1315 | ======================== |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | GMP functions generally have output arguments before input arguments. |
| 1318 | This notation is by analogy with the assignment operator. |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | GMP lets you use the same variable for both input and output in one |
| 1321 | call. For example, the main function for integer multiplication, |
| 1322 | 'mpz_mul', can be used to square 'x' and put the result back in 'x' with |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | mpz_mul (x, x, x); |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | Before you can assign to a GMP variable, you need to initialize it by |
| 1327 | calling one of the special initialization functions. When you're done |
| 1328 | with a variable, you need to clear it out, using one of the functions |
| 1329 | for that purpose. Which function to use depends on the type of |
| 1330 | variable. See the chapters on integer functions, rational number |
| 1331 | functions, and floating-point functions for details. |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | A variable should only be initialized once, or at least cleared |
| 1334 | between each initialization. After a variable has been initialized, it |
| 1335 | may be assigned to any number of times. |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | For efficiency reasons, avoid excessive initializing and clearing. |
| 1338 | In general, initialize near the start of a function and clear near the |
| 1339 | end. For example, |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | void |
| 1342 | foo (void) |
| 1343 | { |
| 1344 | mpz_t n; |
| 1345 | int i; |
| 1346 | mpz_init (n); |
| 1347 | for (i = 1; i < 100; i++) |
| 1348 | { |
| 1349 | mpz_mul (n, ...); |
| 1350 | mpz_fdiv_q (n, ...); |
| 1351 | ... |
| 1352 | } |
| 1353 | mpz_clear (n); |
| 1354 | } |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | GMP types like 'mpz_t' are implemented as one-element arrays of |
| 1357 | certain structures. Declaring a variable creates an object with the |
| 1358 | fields GMP needs, but variables are normally manipulated by using the |
| 1359 | pointer to the object. For both behavior and efficiency reasons, it is |
| 1360 | discouraged to make copies of the GMP object itself (either directly or |
| 1361 | via aggregate objects containing such GMP objects). If copies are done, |
| 1362 | all of them must be used read-only; using a copy as the output of some |
| 1363 | function will invalidate all the other copies. Note that the actual |
| 1364 | fields in each 'mpz_t' etc are for internal use only and should not be |
| 1365 | accessed directly by code that expects to be compatible with future GMP |
| 1366 | releases. |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | File: gmp.info, Node: Parameter Conventions, Next: Memory Management, Prev: Variable Conventions, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 | 3.5 Parameter Conventions |
| 1372 | ========================= |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | When a GMP variable is used as a function parameter, it's effectively a |
| 1375 | call-by-reference, meaning that when the function stores a value there |
| 1376 | it will change the original in the caller. Parameters which are |
| 1377 | input-only can be designated 'const' to provoke a compiler error or |
| 1378 | warning on attempting to modify them. |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | When a function is going to return a GMP result, it should designate |
| 1381 | a parameter that it sets, like the library functions do. More than one |
| 1382 | value can be returned by having more than one output parameter, again |
| 1383 | like the library functions. A 'return' of an 'mpz_t' etc doesn't return |
| 1384 | the object, only a pointer, and this is almost certainly not what's |
| 1385 | wanted. |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | Here's an example accepting an 'mpz_t' parameter, doing a |
| 1388 | calculation, and storing the result to the indicated parameter. |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | void |
| 1391 | foo (mpz_t result, const mpz_t param, unsigned long n) |
| 1392 | { |
| 1393 | unsigned long i; |
| 1394 | mpz_mul_ui (result, param, n); |
| 1395 | for (i = 1; i < n; i++) |
| 1396 | mpz_add_ui (result, result, i*7); |
| 1397 | } |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | int |
| 1400 | main (void) |
| 1401 | { |
| 1402 | mpz_t r, n; |
| 1403 | mpz_init (r); |
| 1404 | mpz_init_set_str (n, "123456", 0); |
| 1405 | foo (r, n, 20L); |
| 1406 | gmp_printf ("%Zd\n", r); |
| 1407 | return 0; |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | Our function 'foo' works even if its caller passes the same variable |
| 1411 | for 'param' and 'result', just like the library functions. But |
| 1412 | sometimes it's tricky to make that work, and an application might not |
| 1413 | want to bother supporting that sort of thing. |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 | Since GMP types are implemented as one-element arrays, using a GMP |
| 1416 | variable as a parameter passes a pointer to the object. Hence the |
| 1417 | call-by-reference. |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | File: gmp.info, Node: Memory Management, Next: Reentrancy, Prev: Parameter Conventions, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | 3.6 Memory Management |
| 1423 | ===================== |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | The GMP types like 'mpz_t' are small, containing only a couple of sizes, |
| 1426 | and pointers to allocated data. Once a variable is initialized, GMP |
| 1427 | takes care of all space allocation. Additional space is allocated |
| 1428 | whenever a variable doesn't have enough. |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | 'mpz_t' and 'mpq_t' variables never reduce their allocated space. |
| 1431 | Normally this is the best policy, since it avoids frequent reallocation. |
| 1432 | Applications that need to return memory to the heap at some particular |
| 1433 | point can use 'mpz_realloc2', or clear variables no longer needed. |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | 'mpf_t' variables, in the current implementation, use a fixed amount |
| 1436 | of space, determined by the chosen precision and allocated at |
| 1437 | initialization, so their size doesn't change. |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | All memory is allocated using 'malloc' and friends by default, but |
| 1440 | this can be changed, see *note Custom Allocation::. Temporary memory on |
| 1441 | the stack is also used (via 'alloca'), but this can be changed at |
| 1442 | build-time if desired, see *note Build Options::. |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | File: gmp.info, Node: Reentrancy, Next: Useful Macros and Constants, Prev: Memory Management, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 | 3.7 Reentrancy |
| 1448 | ============== |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 | GMP is reentrant and thread-safe, with some exceptions: |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | * If configured with '--enable-alloca=malloc-notreentrant' (or with |
| 1453 | '--enable-alloca=notreentrant' when 'alloca' is not available), |
| 1454 | then naturally GMP is not reentrant. |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | * 'mpf_set_default_prec' and 'mpf_init' use a global variable for the |
| 1457 | selected precision. 'mpf_init2' can be used instead, and in the |
| 1458 | C++ interface an explicit precision to the 'mpf_class' constructor. |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | * 'mpz_random' and the other old random number functions use a global |
| 1461 | random state and are hence not reentrant. The newer random number |
| 1462 | functions that accept a 'gmp_randstate_t' parameter can be used |
| 1463 | instead. |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | * 'gmp_randinit' (obsolete) returns an error indication through a |
| 1466 | global variable, which is not thread safe. Applications are |
| 1467 | advised to use 'gmp_randinit_default' or 'gmp_randinit_lc_2exp' |
| 1468 | instead. |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | * 'mp_set_memory_functions' uses global variables to store the |
| 1471 | selected memory allocation functions. |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | * If the memory allocation functions set by a call to |
| 1474 | 'mp_set_memory_functions' (or 'malloc' and friends by default) are |
| 1475 | not reentrant, then GMP will not be reentrant either. |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | * If the standard I/O functions such as 'fwrite' are not reentrant |
| 1478 | then the GMP I/O functions using them will not be reentrant either. |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | * It's safe for two threads to read from the same GMP variable |
| 1481 | simultaneously, but it's not safe for one to read while another |
| 1482 | might be writing, nor for two threads to write simultaneously. |
| 1483 | It's not safe for two threads to generate a random number from the |
| 1484 | same 'gmp_randstate_t' simultaneously, since this involves an |
| 1485 | update of that variable. |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | File: gmp.info, Node: Useful Macros and Constants, Next: Compatibility with older versions, Prev: Reentrancy, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | 3.8 Useful Macros and Constants |
| 1491 | =============================== |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | -- Global Constant: const int mp_bits_per_limb |
| 1494 | The number of bits per limb. |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | -- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION |
| 1497 | -- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION_MINOR |
| 1498 | -- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL |
| 1499 | The major and minor GMP version, and patch level, respectively, as |
| 1500 | integers. For GMP i.j, these numbers will be i, j, and 0, |
| 1501 | respectively. For GMP i.j.k, these numbers will be i, j, and k, |
| 1502 | respectively. |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | -- Global Constant: const char * const gmp_version |
| 1505 | The GMP version number, as a null-terminated string, in the form |
| 1506 | "i.j.k". This release is "6.2.0". Note that the format "i.j" was |
| 1507 | used, before version 4.3.0, when k was zero. |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | -- Macro: __GMP_CC |
| 1510 | -- Macro: __GMP_CFLAGS |
| 1511 | The compiler and compiler flags, respectively, used when compiling |
| 1512 | GMP, as strings. |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | File: gmp.info, Node: Compatibility with older versions, Next: Demonstration Programs, Prev: Useful Macros and Constants, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | 3.9 Compatibility with older versions |
| 1518 | ===================================== |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | This version of GMP is upwardly binary compatible with all 5.x, 4.x, and |
| 1521 | 3.x versions, and upwardly compatible at the source level with all 2.x |
| 1522 | versions, with the following exceptions. |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 | * 'mpn_gcd' had its source arguments swapped as of GMP 3.0, for |
| 1525 | consistency with other 'mpn' functions. |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | * 'mpf_get_prec' counted precision slightly differently in GMP 3.0 |
| 1528 | and 3.0.1, but in 3.1 reverted to the 2.x style. |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | * 'mpn_bdivmod', documented as preliminary in GMP 4, has been |
| 1531 | removed. |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | There are a number of compatibility issues between GMP 1 and GMP 2 |
| 1534 | that of course also apply when porting applications from GMP 1 to GMP 5. |
| 1535 | Please see the GMP 2 manual for details. |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | File: gmp.info, Node: Demonstration Programs, Next: Efficiency, Prev: Compatibility with older versions, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | 3.10 Demonstration programs |
| 1541 | =========================== |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | The 'demos' subdirectory has some sample programs using GMP. These |
| 1544 | aren't built or installed, but there's a 'Makefile' with rules for them. |
| 1545 | For instance, |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | make pexpr |
| 1548 | ./pexpr 68^975+10 |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 | The following programs are provided |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | * 'pexpr' is an expression evaluator, the program used on the GMP web |
| 1553 | page. |
| 1554 | * The 'calc' subdirectory has a similar but simpler evaluator using |
| 1555 | 'lex' and 'yacc'. |
| 1556 | * The 'expr' subdirectory is yet another expression evaluator, a |
| 1557 | library designed for ease of use within a C program. See |
| 1558 | 'demos/expr/README' for more information. |
| 1559 | * 'factorize' is a Pollard-Rho factorization program. |
| 1560 | * 'isprime' is a command-line interface to the 'mpz_probab_prime_p' |
| 1561 | function. |
| 1562 | * 'primes' counts or lists primes in an interval, using a sieve. |
| 1563 | * 'qcn' is an example use of 'mpz_kronecker_ui' to estimate quadratic |
| 1564 | class numbers. |
| 1565 | * The 'perl' subdirectory is a comprehensive perl interface to GMP. |
| 1566 | See 'demos/perl/INSTALL' for more information. Documentation is in |
| 1567 | POD format in 'demos/perl/GMP.pm'. |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | As an aside, consideration has been given at various times to some |
| 1570 | sort of expression evaluation within the main GMP library. Going beyond |
| 1571 | something minimal quickly leads to matters like user-defined functions, |
| 1572 | looping, fixnums for control variables, etc, which are considered |
| 1573 | outside the scope of GMP (much closer to language interpreters or |
| 1574 | compilers, *Note Language Bindings::.) Something simple for program |
| 1575 | input convenience may yet be a possibility, a combination of the 'expr' |
| 1576 | demo and the 'pexpr' tree back-end perhaps. But for now the above |
| 1577 | evaluators are offered as illustrations. |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | File: gmp.info, Node: Efficiency, Next: Debugging, Prev: Demonstration Programs, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | 3.11 Efficiency |
| 1583 | =============== |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 | Small Operands |
| 1586 | On small operands, the time for function call overheads and memory |
| 1587 | allocation can be significant in comparison to actual calculation. |
| 1588 | This is unavoidable in a general purpose variable precision |
| 1589 | library, although GMP attempts to be as efficient as it can on both |
| 1590 | large and small operands. |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | Static Linking |
| 1593 | On some CPUs, in particular the x86s, the static 'libgmp.a' should |
| 1594 | be used for maximum speed, since the PIC code in the shared |
| 1595 | 'libgmp.so' will have a small overhead on each function call and |
| 1596 | global data address. For many programs this will be insignificant, |
| 1597 | but for long calculations there's a gain to be had. |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | Initializing and Clearing |
| 1600 | Avoid excessive initializing and clearing of variables, since this |
| 1601 | can be quite time consuming, especially in comparison to otherwise |
| 1602 | fast operations like addition. |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | A language interpreter might want to keep a free list or stack of |
| 1605 | initialized variables ready for use. It should be possible to |
| 1606 | integrate something like that with a garbage collector too. |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | Reallocations |
| 1609 | An 'mpz_t' or 'mpq_t' variable used to hold successively increasing |
| 1610 | values will have its memory repeatedly 'realloc'ed, which could be |
| 1611 | quite slow or could fragment memory, depending on the C library. |
| 1612 | If an application can estimate the final size then 'mpz_init2' or |
| 1613 | 'mpz_realloc2' can be called to allocate the necessary space from |
| 1614 | the beginning (*note Initializing Integers::). |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | It doesn't matter if a size set with 'mpz_init2' or 'mpz_realloc2' |
| 1617 | is too small, since all functions will do a further reallocation if |
| 1618 | necessary. Badly overestimating memory required will waste space |
| 1619 | though. |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | '2exp' Functions |
| 1622 | It's up to an application to call functions like 'mpz_mul_2exp' |
| 1623 | when appropriate. General purpose functions like 'mpz_mul' make no |
| 1624 | attempt to identify powers of two or other special forms, because |
| 1625 | such inputs will usually be very rare and testing every time would |
| 1626 | be wasteful. |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | 'ui' and 'si' Functions |
| 1629 | The 'ui' functions and the small number of 'si' functions exist for |
| 1630 | convenience and should be used where applicable. But if for |
| 1631 | example an 'mpz_t' contains a value that fits in an 'unsigned long' |
| 1632 | there's no need extract it and call a 'ui' function, just use the |
| 1633 | regular 'mpz' function. |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | In-Place Operations |
| 1636 | 'mpz_abs', 'mpq_abs', 'mpf_abs', 'mpz_neg', 'mpq_neg' and 'mpf_neg' |
| 1637 | are fast when used for in-place operations like 'mpz_abs(x,x)', |
| 1638 | since in the current implementation only a single field of 'x' |
| 1639 | needs changing. On suitable compilers (GCC for instance) this is |
| 1640 | inlined too. |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | 'mpz_add_ui', 'mpz_sub_ui', 'mpf_add_ui' and 'mpf_sub_ui' benefit |
| 1643 | from an in-place operation like 'mpz_add_ui(x,x,y)', since usually |
| 1644 | only one or two limbs of 'x' will need to be changed. The same |
| 1645 | applies to the full precision 'mpz_add' etc if 'y' is small. If |
| 1646 | 'y' is big then cache locality may be helped, but that's all. |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | 'mpz_mul' is currently the opposite, a separate destination is |
| 1649 | slightly better. A call like 'mpz_mul(x,x,y)' will, unless 'y' is |
| 1650 | only one limb, make a temporary copy of 'x' before forming the |
| 1651 | result. Normally that copying will only be a tiny fraction of the |
| 1652 | time for the multiply, so this is not a particularly important |
| 1653 | consideration. |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | 'mpz_set', 'mpq_set', 'mpq_set_num', 'mpf_set', etc, make no |
| 1656 | attempt to recognise a copy of something to itself, so a call like |
| 1657 | 'mpz_set(x,x)' will be wasteful. Naturally that would never be |
| 1658 | written deliberately, but if it might arise from two pointers to |
| 1659 | the same object then a test to avoid it might be desirable. |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 | if (x != y) |
| 1662 | mpz_set (x, y); |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | Note that it's never worth introducing extra 'mpz_set' calls just |
| 1665 | to get in-place operations. If a result should go to a particular |
| 1666 | variable then just direct it there and let GMP take care of data |
| 1667 | movement. |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | Divisibility Testing (Small Integers) |
| 1670 | 'mpz_divisible_ui_p' and 'mpz_congruent_ui_p' are the best |
| 1671 | functions for testing whether an 'mpz_t' is divisible by an |
| 1672 | individual small integer. They use an algorithm which is faster |
| 1673 | than 'mpz_tdiv_ui', but which gives no useful information about the |
| 1674 | actual remainder, only whether it's zero (or a particular value). |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | However when testing divisibility by several small integers, it's |
| 1677 | best to take a remainder modulo their product, to save |
| 1678 | multi-precision operations. For instance to test whether a number |
| 1679 | is divisible by any of 23, 29 or 31 take a remainder modulo |
| 1680 | 23*29*31 = 20677 and then test that. |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | The division functions like 'mpz_tdiv_q_ui' which give a quotient |
| 1683 | as well as a remainder are generally a little slower than the |
| 1684 | remainder-only functions like 'mpz_tdiv_ui'. If the quotient is |
| 1685 | only rarely wanted then it's probably best to just take a remainder |
| 1686 | and then go back and calculate the quotient if and when it's wanted |
| 1687 | ('mpz_divexact_ui' can be used if the remainder is zero). |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | Rational Arithmetic |
| 1690 | The 'mpq' functions operate on 'mpq_t' values with no common |
| 1691 | factors in the numerator and denominator. Common factors are |
| 1692 | checked-for and cast out as necessary. In general, cancelling |
| 1693 | factors every time is the best approach since it minimizes the |
| 1694 | sizes for subsequent operations. |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | However, applications that know something about the factorization |
| 1697 | of the values they're working with might be able to avoid some of |
| 1698 | the GCDs used for canonicalization, or swap them for divisions. |
| 1699 | For example when multiplying by a prime it's enough to check for |
| 1700 | factors of it in the denominator instead of doing a full GCD. Or |
| 1701 | when forming a big product it might be known that very little |
| 1702 | cancellation will be possible, and so canonicalization can be left |
| 1703 | to the end. |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | The 'mpq_numref' and 'mpq_denref' macros give access to the |
| 1706 | numerator and denominator to do things outside the scope of the |
| 1707 | supplied 'mpq' functions. *Note Applying Integer Functions::. |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | The canonical form for rationals allows mixed-type 'mpq_t' and |
| 1710 | integer additions or subtractions to be done directly with |
| 1711 | multiples of the denominator. This will be somewhat faster than |
| 1712 | 'mpq_add'. For example, |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | /* mpq increment */ |
| 1715 | mpz_add (mpq_numref(q), mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q)); |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | /* mpq += unsigned long */ |
| 1718 | mpz_addmul_ui (mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q), 123UL); |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | /* mpq -= mpz */ |
| 1721 | mpz_submul (mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q), z); |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | Number Sequences |
| 1724 | Functions like 'mpz_fac_ui', 'mpz_fib_ui' and 'mpz_bin_uiui' are |
| 1725 | designed for calculating isolated values. If a range of values is |
| 1726 | wanted it's probably best to call to get a starting point and |
| 1727 | iterate from there. |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | Text Input/Output |
| 1730 | Hexadecimal or octal are suggested for input or output in text |
| 1731 | form. Power-of-2 bases like these can be converted much more |
| 1732 | efficiently than other bases, like decimal. For big numbers |
| 1733 | there's usually nothing of particular interest to be seen in the |
| 1734 | digits, so the base doesn't matter much. |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | Maybe we can hope octal will one day become the normal base for |
| 1737 | everyday use, as proposed by King Charles XII of Sweden and later |
| 1738 | reformers. |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 | File: gmp.info, Node: Debugging, Next: Profiling, Prev: Efficiency, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 | 3.12 Debugging |
| 1744 | ============== |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | Stack Overflow |
| 1747 | Depending on the system, a segmentation violation or bus error |
| 1748 | might be the only indication of stack overflow. See |
| 1749 | '--enable-alloca' choices in *note Build Options::, for how to |
| 1750 | address this. |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | In new enough versions of GCC, '-fstack-check' may be able to |
| 1753 | ensure an overflow is recognised by the system before too much |
| 1754 | damage is done, or '-fstack-limit-symbol' or |
| 1755 | '-fstack-limit-register' may be able to add checking if the system |
| 1756 | itself doesn't do any (*note Options for Code Generation: (gcc)Code |
| 1757 | Gen Options.). These options must be added to the 'CFLAGS' used in |
| 1758 | the GMP build (*note Build Options::), adding them just to an |
| 1759 | application will have no effect. Note also they're a slowdown, |
| 1760 | adding overhead to each function call and each stack allocation. |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | Heap Problems |
| 1763 | The most likely cause of application problems with GMP is heap |
| 1764 | corruption. Failing to 'init' GMP variables will have |
| 1765 | unpredictable effects, and corruption arising elsewhere in a |
| 1766 | program may well affect GMP. Initializing GMP variables more than |
| 1767 | once or failing to clear them will cause memory leaks. |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | In all such cases a 'malloc' debugger is recommended. On a GNU or |
| 1770 | BSD system the standard C library 'malloc' has some diagnostic |
| 1771 | facilities, see *note Allocation Debugging: (libc)Allocation |
| 1772 | Debugging, or 'man 3 malloc'. Other possibilities, in no |
| 1773 | particular order, include |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | <http://cs.ecs.baylor.edu/~donahoo/tools/ccmalloc/> |
| 1776 | <http://dmalloc.com/> |
| 1777 | <https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/MemProf> |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | The GMP default allocation routines in 'memory.c' also have a |
| 1780 | simple sentinel scheme which can be enabled with '#define DEBUG' in |
| 1781 | that file. This is mainly designed for detecting buffer overruns |
| 1782 | during GMP development, but might find other uses. |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | Stack Backtraces |
| 1785 | On some systems the compiler options GMP uses by default can |
| 1786 | interfere with debugging. In particular on x86 and 68k systems |
| 1787 | '-fomit-frame-pointer' is used and this generally inhibits stack |
| 1788 | backtracing. Recompiling without such options may help while |
| 1789 | debugging, though the usual caveats about it potentially moving a |
| 1790 | memory problem or hiding a compiler bug will apply. |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 | GDB, the GNU Debugger |
| 1793 | A sample '.gdbinit' is included in the distribution, showing how to |
| 1794 | call some undocumented dump functions to print GMP variables from |
| 1795 | within GDB. Note that these functions shouldn't be used in final |
| 1796 | application code since they're undocumented and may be subject to |
| 1797 | incompatible changes in future versions of GMP. |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | Source File Paths |
| 1800 | GMP has multiple source files with the same name, in different |
| 1801 | directories. For example 'mpz', 'mpq' and 'mpf' each have an |
| 1802 | 'init.c'. If the debugger can't already determine the right one it |
| 1803 | may help to build with absolute paths on each C file. One way to |
| 1804 | do that is to use a separate object directory with an absolute path |
| 1805 | to the source directory. |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | cd /my/build/dir |
| 1808 | /my/source/dir/gmp-6.2.0/configure |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | This works via 'VPATH', and might require GNU 'make'. Alternately |
| 1811 | it might be possible to change the '.c.lo' rules appropriately. |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | Assertion Checking |
| 1814 | The build option '--enable-assert' is available to add some |
| 1815 | consistency checks to the library (see *note Build Options::). |
| 1816 | These are likely to be of limited value to most applications. |
| 1817 | Assertion failures are just as likely to indicate memory corruption |
| 1818 | as a library or compiler bug. |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | Applications using the low-level 'mpn' functions, however, will |
| 1821 | benefit from '--enable-assert' since it adds checks on the |
| 1822 | parameters of most such functions, many of which have subtle |
| 1823 | restrictions on their usage. Note however that only the generic C |
| 1824 | code has checks, not the assembly code, so '--disable-assembly' |
| 1825 | should be used for maximum checking. |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | Temporary Memory Checking |
| 1828 | The build option '--enable-alloca=debug' arranges that each block |
| 1829 | of temporary memory in GMP is allocated with a separate call to |
| 1830 | 'malloc' (or the allocation function set with |
| 1831 | 'mp_set_memory_functions'). |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | This can help a malloc debugger detect accesses outside the |
| 1834 | intended bounds, or detect memory not released. In a normal build, |
| 1835 | on the other hand, temporary memory is allocated in blocks which |
| 1836 | GMP divides up for its own use, or may be allocated with a compiler |
| 1837 | builtin 'alloca' which will go nowhere near any malloc debugger |
| 1838 | hooks. |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | Maximum Debuggability |
| 1841 | To summarize the above, a GMP build for maximum debuggability would |
| 1842 | be |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | ./configure --disable-shared --enable-assert \ |
| 1845 | --enable-alloca=debug --disable-assembly CFLAGS=-g |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | For C++, add '--enable-cxx CXXFLAGS=-g'. |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | Checker |
| 1850 | The GCC checker (<https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/checker/>) |
| 1851 | can be used with GMP. It contains a stub library which means GMP |
| 1852 | applications compiled with checker can use a normal GMP build. |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | A build of GMP with checking within GMP itself can be made. This |
| 1855 | will run very very slowly. On GNU/Linux for example, |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | ./configure --disable-assembly CC=checkergcc |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | '--disable-assembly' must be used, since the GMP assembly code |
| 1860 | doesn't support the checking scheme. The GMP C++ features cannot |
| 1861 | be used, since current versions of checker (0.9.9.1) don't yet |
| 1862 | support the standard C++ library. |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | Valgrind |
| 1865 | Valgrind (<http://valgrind.org/>) is a memory checker for x86, ARM, |
| 1866 | MIPS, PowerPC, and S/390. It translates and emulates machine |
| 1867 | instructions to do strong checks for uninitialized data (at the |
| 1868 | level of individual bits), memory accesses through bad pointers, |
| 1869 | and memory leaks. |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | Valgrind does not always support every possible instruction, in |
| 1872 | particular ones recently added to an ISA. Valgrind might therefore |
| 1873 | be incompatible with a recent GMP or even a less recent GMP which |
| 1874 | is compiled using a recent GCC. |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | GMP's assembly code sometimes promotes a read of the limbs to some |
| 1877 | larger size, for efficiency. GMP will do this even at the start |
| 1878 | and end of a multilimb operand, using naturally aligned operations |
| 1879 | on the larger type. This may lead to benign reads outside of |
| 1880 | allocated areas, triggering complaints from Valgrind. Valgrind's |
| 1881 | option '--partial-loads-ok=yes' should help. |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | Other Problems |
| 1884 | Any suspected bug in GMP itself should be isolated to make sure |
| 1885 | it's not an application problem, see *note Reporting Bugs::. |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | File: gmp.info, Node: Profiling, Next: Autoconf, Prev: Debugging, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 | 3.13 Profiling |
| 1891 | ============== |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | Running a program under a profiler is a good way to find where it's |
| 1894 | spending most time and where improvements can be best sought. The |
| 1895 | profiling choices for a GMP build are as follows. |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 | '--disable-profiling' |
| 1898 | The default is to add nothing special for profiling. |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | It should be possible to just compile the mainline of a program |
| 1901 | with '-p' and use 'prof' to get a profile consisting of timer-based |
| 1902 | sampling of the program counter. Most of the GMP assembly code has |
| 1903 | the necessary symbol information. |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | This approach has the advantage of minimizing interference with |
| 1906 | normal program operation, but on most systems the resolution of the |
| 1907 | sampling is quite low (10 milliseconds for instance), requiring |
| 1908 | long runs to get accurate information. |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | '--enable-profiling=prof' |
| 1911 | Build with support for the system 'prof', which means '-p' added to |
| 1912 | the 'CFLAGS'. |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | This provides call counting in addition to program counter |
| 1915 | sampling, which allows the most frequently called routines to be |
| 1916 | identified, and an average time spent in each routine to be |
| 1917 | determined. |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | The x86 assembly code has support for this option, but on other |
| 1920 | processors the assembly routines will be as if compiled without |
| 1921 | '-p' and therefore won't appear in the call counts. |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | On some systems, such as GNU/Linux, '-p' in fact means '-pg' and in |
| 1924 | this case '--enable-profiling=gprof' described below should be used |
| 1925 | instead. |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 | '--enable-profiling=gprof' |
| 1928 | Build with support for 'gprof', which means '-pg' added to the |
| 1929 | 'CFLAGS'. |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | This provides call graph construction in addition to call counting |
| 1932 | and program counter sampling, which makes it possible to count |
| 1933 | calls coming from different locations. For example the number of |
| 1934 | calls to 'mpn_mul' from 'mpz_mul' versus the number from 'mpf_mul'. |
| 1935 | The program counter sampling is still flat though, so only a total |
| 1936 | time in 'mpn_mul' would be accumulated, not a separate amount for |
| 1937 | each call site. |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | The x86 assembly code has support for this option, but on other |
| 1940 | processors the assembly routines will be as if compiled without |
| 1941 | '-pg' and therefore not be included in the call counts. |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | On x86 and m68k systems '-pg' and '-fomit-frame-pointer' are |
| 1944 | incompatible, so the latter is omitted from the default flags in |
| 1945 | that case, which might result in poorer code generation. |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | Incidentally, it should be possible to use the 'gprof' program with |
| 1948 | a plain '--enable-profiling=prof' build. But in that case only the |
| 1949 | 'gprof -p' flat profile and call counts can be expected to be |
| 1950 | valid, not the 'gprof -q' call graph. |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | '--enable-profiling=instrument' |
| 1953 | Build with the GCC option '-finstrument-functions' added to the |
| 1954 | 'CFLAGS' (*note Options for Code Generation: (gcc)Code Gen |
| 1955 | Options.). |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | This inserts special instrumenting calls at the start and end of |
| 1958 | each function, allowing exact timing and full call graph |
| 1959 | construction. |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | This instrumenting is not normally a standard system feature and |
| 1962 | will require support from an external library, such as |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | <https://sourceforge.net/projects/fnccheck/> |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | This should be included in 'LIBS' during the GMP configure so that |
| 1967 | test programs will link. For example, |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | ./configure --enable-profiling=instrument LIBS=-lfc |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | On a GNU system the C library provides dummy instrumenting |
| 1972 | functions, so programs compiled with this option will link. In |
| 1973 | this case it's only necessary to ensure the correct library is |
| 1974 | added when linking an application. |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | The x86 assembly code supports this option, but on other processors |
| 1977 | the assembly routines will be as if compiled without |
| 1978 | '-finstrument-functions' meaning time spent in them will |
| 1979 | effectively be attributed to their caller. |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | File: gmp.info, Node: Autoconf, Next: Emacs, Prev: Profiling, Up: GMP Basics |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | 3.14 Autoconf |
| 1985 | ============= |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | Autoconf based applications can easily check whether GMP is installed. |
| 1988 | The only thing to be noted is that GMP library symbols from version 3 |
| 1989 | onwards have prefixes like '__gmpz'. The following therefore would be a |
| 1990 | simple test, |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_init) |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | This just uses the default 'AC_CHECK_LIB' actions for found or not |
| 1995 | found, but an application that must have GMP would want to generate an |
| 1996 | error if not found. For example, |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_init, , |
| 1999 | [AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU MP not found, see https://gmplib.org/])]) |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 | If functions added in some particular version of GMP are required, |
| 2002 | then one of those can be used when checking. For example 'mpz_mul_si' |
| 2003 | was added in GMP 3.1, |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 | AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_mul_si, , |
| 2006 | [AC_MSG_ERROR( |
| 2007 | [GNU MP not found, or not 3.1 or up, see https://gmplib.org/])]) |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | An alternative would be to test the version number in 'gmp.h' using |
| 2010 | say 'AC_EGREP_CPP'. That would make it possible to test the exact |
| 2011 | version, if some particular sub-minor release is known to be necessary. |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | In general it's recommended that applications should simply demand a |
| 2014 | new enough GMP rather than trying to provide supplements for features |
| 2015 | not available in past versions. |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | Occasionally an application will need or want to know the size of a |
| 2018 | type at configuration or preprocessing time, not just with 'sizeof' in |
| 2019 | the code. This can be done in the normal way with 'mp_limb_t' etc, but |
| 2020 | GMP 4.0 or up is best for this, since prior versions needed certain '-D' |
| 2021 | defines on systems using a 'long long' limb. The following would suit |
| 2022 | Autoconf 2.50 or up, |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 | AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(mp_limb_t, , [#include <gmp.h>]) |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | File: gmp.info, Node: Emacs, Prev: Autoconf, Up: GMP Basics |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | 3.15 Emacs |
| 2030 | ========== |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | <C-h C-i> ('info-lookup-symbol') is a good way to find documentation on |
| 2033 | C functions while editing (*note Info Documentation Lookup: (emacs)Info |
| 2034 | Lookup.). |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 | The GMP manual can be included in such lookups by putting the |
| 2037 | following in your '.emacs', |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | (eval-after-load "info-look" |
| 2040 | '(let ((mode-value (assoc 'c-mode (assoc 'symbol info-lookup-alist)))) |
| 2041 | (setcar (nthcdr 3 mode-value) |
| 2042 | (cons '("(gmp)Function Index" nil "^ -.* " "\\>") |
| 2043 | (nth 3 mode-value))))) |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | File: gmp.info, Node: Reporting Bugs, Next: Integer Functions, Prev: GMP Basics, Up: Top |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | 4 Reporting Bugs |
| 2049 | **************** |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | If you think you have found a bug in the GMP library, please investigate |
| 2052 | it and report it. We have made this library available to you, and it is |
| 2053 | not too much to ask you to report the bugs you find. |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 | Before you report a bug, check it's not already addressed in *note |
| 2056 | Known Build Problems::, or perhaps *note Notes for Particular Systems::. |
| 2057 | You may also want to check <https://gmplib.org/> for patches for this |
| 2058 | release. |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | Please include the following in any report, |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | * The GMP version number, and if pre-packaged or patched then say so. |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | * A test program that makes it possible for us to reproduce the bug. |
| 2065 | Include instructions on how to run the program. |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | * A description of what is wrong. If the results are incorrect, in |
| 2068 | what way. If you get a crash, say so. |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | * If you get a crash, include a stack backtrace from the debugger if |
| 2071 | it's informative ('where' in 'gdb', or '$C' in 'adb'). |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | * Please do not send core dumps, executables or 'strace's. |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 | * The 'configure' options you used when building GMP, if any. |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 | * The output from 'configure', as printed to stdout, with any options |
| 2078 | used. |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | * The name of the compiler and its version. For 'gcc', get the |
| 2081 | version with 'gcc -v', otherwise perhaps 'what `which cc`', or |
| 2082 | similar. |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | * The output from running 'uname -a'. |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | * The output from running './config.guess', and from running |
| 2087 | './configfsf.guess' (might be the same). |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | * If the bug is related to 'configure', then the compressed contents |
| 2090 | of 'config.log'. |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | * If the bug is related to an 'asm' file not assembling, then the |
| 2093 | contents of 'config.m4' and the offending line or lines from the |
| 2094 | temporary 'mpn/tmp-<file>.s'. |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | Please make an effort to produce a self-contained report, with |
| 2097 | something definite that can be tested or debugged. Vague queries or |
| 2098 | piecemeal messages are difficult to act on and don't help the |
| 2099 | development effort. |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | It is not uncommon that an observed problem is actually due to a bug |
| 2102 | in the compiler; the GMP code tends to explore interesting corners in |
| 2103 | compilers. |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | If your bug report is good, we will do our best to help you get a |
| 2106 | corrected version of the library; if the bug report is poor, we won't do |
| 2107 | anything about it (except maybe ask you to send a better report). |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | Send your report to: <gmp-bugs@gmplib.org>. |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | If you think something in this manual is unclear, or downright |
| 2112 | incorrect, or if the language needs to be improved, please send a note |
| 2113 | to the same address. |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Functions, Next: Rational Number Functions, Prev: Reporting Bugs, Up: Top |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | 5 Integer Functions |
| 2119 | ******************* |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | This chapter describes the GMP functions for performing integer |
| 2122 | arithmetic. These functions start with the prefix 'mpz_'. |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | GMP integers are stored in objects of type 'mpz_t'. |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | * Menu: |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | * Initializing Integers:: |
| 2129 | * Assigning Integers:: |
| 2130 | * Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign:: |
| 2131 | * Converting Integers:: |
| 2132 | * Integer Arithmetic:: |
| 2133 | * Integer Division:: |
| 2134 | * Integer Exponentiation:: |
| 2135 | * Integer Roots:: |
| 2136 | * Number Theoretic Functions:: |
| 2137 | * Integer Comparisons:: |
| 2138 | * Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling:: |
| 2139 | * I/O of Integers:: |
| 2140 | * Integer Random Numbers:: |
| 2141 | * Integer Import and Export:: |
| 2142 | * Miscellaneous Integer Functions:: |
| 2143 | * Integer Special Functions:: |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | File: gmp.info, Node: Initializing Integers, Next: Assigning Integers, Prev: Integer Functions, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 | 5.1 Initialization Functions |
| 2149 | ============================ |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 | The functions for integer arithmetic assume that all integer objects are |
| 2152 | initialized. You do that by calling the function 'mpz_init'. For |
| 2153 | example, |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | { |
| 2156 | mpz_t integ; |
| 2157 | mpz_init (integ); |
| 2158 | ... |
| 2159 | mpz_add (integ, ...); |
| 2160 | ... |
| 2161 | mpz_sub (integ, ...); |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 | /* Unless the program is about to exit, do ... */ |
| 2164 | mpz_clear (integ); |
| 2165 | } |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | As you can see, you can store new values any number of times, once an |
| 2168 | object is initialized. |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | -- Function: void mpz_init (mpz_t X) |
| 2171 | Initialize X, and set its value to 0. |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | -- Function: void mpz_inits (mpz_t X, ...) |
| 2174 | Initialize a NULL-terminated list of 'mpz_t' variables, and set |
| 2175 | their values to 0. |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | -- Function: void mpz_init2 (mpz_t X, mp_bitcnt_t N) |
| 2178 | Initialize X, with space for N-bit numbers, and set its value to 0. |
| 2179 | Calling this function instead of 'mpz_init' or 'mpz_inits' is never |
| 2180 | necessary; reallocation is handled automatically by GMP when |
| 2181 | needed. |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | While N defines the initial space, X will grow automatically in the |
| 2184 | normal way, if necessary, for subsequent values stored. |
| 2185 | 'mpz_init2' makes it possible to avoid such reallocations if a |
| 2186 | maximum size is known in advance. |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | In preparation for an operation, GMP often allocates one limb more |
| 2189 | than ultimately needed. To make sure GMP will not perform |
| 2190 | reallocation for X, you need to add the number of bits in |
| 2191 | 'mp_limb_t' to N. |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | -- Function: void mpz_clear (mpz_t X) |
| 2194 | Free the space occupied by X. Call this function for all 'mpz_t' |
| 2195 | variables when you are done with them. |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | -- Function: void mpz_clears (mpz_t X, ...) |
| 2198 | Free the space occupied by a NULL-terminated list of 'mpz_t' |
| 2199 | variables. |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | -- Function: void mpz_realloc2 (mpz_t X, mp_bitcnt_t N) |
| 2202 | Change the space allocated for X to N bits. The value in X is |
| 2203 | preserved if it fits, or is set to 0 if not. |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | Calling this function is never necessary; reallocation is handled |
| 2206 | automatically by GMP when needed. But this function can be used to |
| 2207 | increase the space for a variable in order to avoid repeated |
| 2208 | automatic reallocations, or to decrease it to give memory back to |
| 2209 | the heap. |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 | File: gmp.info, Node: Assigning Integers, Next: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign, Prev: Initializing Integers, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | 5.2 Assignment Functions |
| 2215 | ======================== |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | These functions assign new values to already initialized integers (*note |
| 2218 | Initializing Integers::). |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | -- Function: void mpz_set (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2221 | -- Function: void mpz_set_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP) |
| 2222 | -- Function: void mpz_set_si (mpz_t ROP, signed long int OP) |
| 2223 | -- Function: void mpz_set_d (mpz_t ROP, double OP) |
| 2224 | -- Function: void mpz_set_q (mpz_t ROP, const mpq_t OP) |
| 2225 | -- Function: void mpz_set_f (mpz_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 2226 | Set the value of ROP from OP. |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | 'mpz_set_d', 'mpz_set_q' and 'mpz_set_f' truncate OP to make it an |
| 2229 | integer. |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 | -- Function: int mpz_set_str (mpz_t ROP, const char *STR, int BASE) |
| 2232 | Set the value of ROP from STR, a null-terminated C string in base |
| 2233 | BASE. White space is allowed in the string, and is simply ignored. |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | The BASE may vary from 2 to 62, or if BASE is 0, then the leading |
| 2236 | characters are used: '0x' and '0X' for hexadecimal, '0b' and '0B' |
| 2237 | for binary, '0' for octal, or decimal otherwise. |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case |
| 2240 | letters have the same value. For bases 37 to 62, upper-case letter |
| 2241 | represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter represent |
| 2242 | 36..61. |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | This function returns 0 if the entire string is a valid number in |
| 2245 | base BASE. Otherwise it returns -1. |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 | -- Function: void mpz_swap (mpz_t ROP1, mpz_t ROP2) |
| 2248 | Swap the values ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently. |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | File: gmp.info, Node: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign, Next: Converting Integers, Prev: Assigning Integers, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | 5.3 Combined Initialization and Assignment Functions |
| 2254 | ==================================================== |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | For convenience, GMP provides a parallel series of initialize-and-set |
| 2257 | functions which initialize the output and then store the value there. |
| 2258 | These functions' names have the form 'mpz_init_set...' |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | Here is an example of using one: |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | mpz_t pie; |
| 2264 | mpz_init_set_str (pie, "3141592653589793238462643383279502884", 10); |
| 2265 | ... |
| 2266 | mpz_sub (pie, ...); |
| 2267 | ... |
| 2268 | mpz_clear (pie); |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | Once the integer has been initialized by any of the 'mpz_init_set...' |
| 2272 | functions, it can be used as the source or destination operand for the |
| 2273 | ordinary integer functions. Don't use an initialize-and-set function on |
| 2274 | a variable already initialized! |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | -- Function: void mpz_init_set (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2277 | -- Function: void mpz_init_set_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP) |
| 2278 | -- Function: void mpz_init_set_si (mpz_t ROP, signed long int OP) |
| 2279 | -- Function: void mpz_init_set_d (mpz_t ROP, double OP) |
| 2280 | Initialize ROP with limb space and set the initial numeric value |
| 2281 | from OP. |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | -- Function: int mpz_init_set_str (mpz_t ROP, const char *STR, int |
| 2284 | BASE) |
| 2285 | Initialize ROP and set its value like 'mpz_set_str' (see its |
| 2286 | documentation above for details). |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | If the string is a correct base BASE number, the function returns |
| 2289 | 0; if an error occurs it returns -1. ROP is initialized even if an |
| 2290 | error occurs. (I.e., you have to call 'mpz_clear' for it.) |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | File: gmp.info, Node: Converting Integers, Next: Integer Arithmetic, Prev: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | 5.4 Conversion Functions |
| 2296 | ======================== |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | This section describes functions for converting GMP integers to standard |
| 2299 | C types. Functions for converting _to_ GMP integers are described in |
| 2300 | *note Assigning Integers:: and *note I/O of Integers::. |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_get_ui (const mpz_t OP) |
| 2303 | Return the value of OP as an 'unsigned long'. |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | If OP is too big to fit an 'unsigned long' then just the least |
| 2306 | significant bits that do fit are returned. The sign of OP is |
| 2307 | ignored, only the absolute value is used. |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | -- Function: signed long int mpz_get_si (const mpz_t OP) |
| 2310 | If OP fits into a 'signed long int' return the value of OP. |
| 2311 | Otherwise return the least significant part of OP, with the same |
| 2312 | sign as OP. |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | If OP is too big to fit in a 'signed long int', the returned result |
| 2315 | is probably not very useful. To find out if the value will fit, |
| 2316 | use the function 'mpz_fits_slong_p'. |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | -- Function: double mpz_get_d (const mpz_t OP) |
| 2319 | Convert OP to a 'double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding |
| 2320 | towards zero). |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | If the exponent from the conversion is too big, the result is |
| 2323 | system dependent. An infinity is returned where available. A |
| 2324 | hardware overflow trap may or may not occur. |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | -- Function: double mpz_get_d_2exp (signed long int *EXP, const mpz_t |
| 2327 | OP) |
| 2328 | Convert OP to a 'double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding |
| 2329 | towards zero), and returning the exponent separately. |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | The return value is in the range 0.5<=abs(D)<1 and the exponent is |
| 2332 | stored to '*EXP'. D * 2^EXP is the (truncated) OP value. If OP is |
| 2333 | zero, the return is 0.0 and 0 is stored to '*EXP'. |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | This is similar to the standard C 'frexp' function (*note |
| 2336 | (libc)Normalization Functions::). |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | -- Function: char * mpz_get_str (char *STR, int BASE, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2339 | Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE. The base argument |
| 2340 | may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36. |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are |
| 2343 | used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for |
| 2344 | 37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in that |
| 2345 | significance order) are used. |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | If STR is 'NULL', the result string is allocated using the current |
| 2348 | allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::). The block will be |
| 2349 | 'strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and |
| 2350 | null-terminator. |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | If STR is not 'NULL', it should point to a block of storage large |
| 2353 | enough for the result, that being 'mpz_sizeinbase (OP, BASE) + 2'. |
| 2354 | The two extra bytes are for a possible minus sign, and the |
| 2355 | null-terminator. |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the |
| 2358 | allocated block, or the given STR. |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Arithmetic, Next: Integer Division, Prev: Converting Integers, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | 5.5 Arithmetic Functions |
| 2364 | ======================== |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | -- Function: void mpz_add (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2367 | -- Function: void mpz_add_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 2368 | int OP2) |
| 2369 | Set ROP to OP1 + OP2. |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | -- Function: void mpz_sub (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2372 | -- Function: void mpz_sub_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 2373 | int OP2) |
| 2374 | -- Function: void mpz_ui_sub (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, const |
| 2375 | mpz_t OP2) |
| 2376 | Set ROP to OP1 - OP2. |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | -- Function: void mpz_mul (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2379 | -- Function: void mpz_mul_si (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, long int OP2) |
| 2380 | -- Function: void mpz_mul_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 2381 | int OP2) |
| 2382 | Set ROP to OP1 times OP2. |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | -- Function: void mpz_addmul (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t |
| 2385 | OP2) |
| 2386 | -- Function: void mpz_addmul_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, unsigned |
| 2387 | long int OP2) |
| 2388 | Set ROP to ROP + OP1 times OP2. |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | -- Function: void mpz_submul (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t |
| 2391 | OP2) |
| 2392 | -- Function: void mpz_submul_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, unsigned |
| 2393 | long int OP2) |
| 2394 | Set ROP to ROP - OP1 times OP2. |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | -- Function: void mpz_mul_2exp (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 2397 | OP2) |
| 2398 | Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2. This operation can also be |
| 2399 | defined as a left shift by OP2 bits. |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | -- Function: void mpz_neg (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2402 | Set ROP to -OP. |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | -- Function: void mpz_abs (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2405 | Set ROP to the absolute value of OP. |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Division, Next: Integer Exponentiation, Prev: Integer Arithmetic, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | 5.6 Division Functions |
| 2411 | ====================== |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | Division is undefined if the divisor is zero. Passing a zero divisor to |
| 2414 | the division or modulo functions (including the modular powering |
| 2415 | functions 'mpz_powm' and 'mpz_powm_ui'), will cause an intentional |
| 2416 | division by zero. This lets a program handle arithmetic exceptions in |
| 2417 | these functions the same way as for normal C 'int' arithmetic. |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_q (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2420 | -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_r (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2421 | -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, const |
| 2422 | mpz_t D) |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, |
| 2425 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2426 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, |
| 2427 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2428 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, |
| 2429 | const mpz_t N, unsigned long int D) |
| 2430 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_ui (const mpz_t N, |
| 2431 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, |
| 2434 | mp_bitcnt_t B) |
| 2435 | -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, |
| 2436 | mp_bitcnt_t B) |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_q (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2439 | -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_r (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2440 | -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, const |
| 2441 | mpz_t D) |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, |
| 2444 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2445 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, |
| 2446 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2447 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, |
| 2448 | const mpz_t N, unsigned long int D) |
| 2449 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_ui (const mpz_t N, |
| 2450 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, |
| 2453 | mp_bitcnt_t B) |
| 2454 | -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, |
| 2455 | mp_bitcnt_t B) |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_q (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2458 | -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_r (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2459 | -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, const |
| 2460 | mpz_t D) |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, |
| 2463 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2464 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, |
| 2465 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2466 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, |
| 2467 | const mpz_t N, unsigned long int D) |
| 2468 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_ui (const mpz_t N, |
| 2469 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, |
| 2472 | mp_bitcnt_t B) |
| 2473 | -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, |
| 2474 | mp_bitcnt_t B) |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | Divide N by D, forming a quotient Q and/or remainder R. For the |
| 2478 | '2exp' functions, D=2^B. The rounding is in three styles, each |
| 2479 | suiting different applications. |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | * 'cdiv' rounds Q up towards +infinity, and R will have the |
| 2482 | opposite sign to D. The 'c' stands for "ceil". |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 | * 'fdiv' rounds Q down towards -infinity, and R will have the |
| 2485 | same sign as D. The 'f' stands for "floor". |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | * 'tdiv' rounds Q towards zero, and R will have the same sign as |
| 2488 | N. The 't' stands for "truncate". |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | In all cases Q and R will satisfy N=Q*D+R, and R will satisfy |
| 2491 | 0<=abs(R)<abs(D). |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | The 'q' functions calculate only the quotient, the 'r' functions |
| 2494 | only the remainder, and the 'qr' functions calculate both. Note |
| 2495 | that for 'qr' the same variable cannot be passed for both Q and R, |
| 2496 | or results will be unpredictable. |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | For the 'ui' variants the return value is the remainder, and in |
| 2499 | fact returning the remainder is all the 'div_ui' functions do. For |
| 2500 | 'tdiv' and 'cdiv' the remainder can be negative, so for those the |
| 2501 | return value is the absolute value of the remainder. |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 | For the '2exp' variants the divisor is 2^B. These functions are |
| 2504 | implemented as right shifts and bit masks, but of course they round |
| 2505 | the same as the other functions. |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | For positive N both 'mpz_fdiv_q_2exp' and 'mpz_tdiv_q_2exp' are |
| 2508 | simple bitwise right shifts. For negative N, 'mpz_fdiv_q_2exp' is |
| 2509 | effectively an arithmetic right shift treating N as twos complement |
| 2510 | the same as the bitwise logical functions do, whereas |
| 2511 | 'mpz_tdiv_q_2exp' effectively treats N as sign and magnitude. |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | -- Function: void mpz_mod (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2514 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_mod_ui (mpz_t R, const mpz_t N, |
| 2515 | unsigned long int D) |
| 2516 | Set R to N 'mod' D. The sign of the divisor is ignored; the result |
| 2517 | is always non-negative. |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | 'mpz_mod_ui' is identical to 'mpz_fdiv_r_ui' above, returning the |
| 2520 | remainder as well as setting R. See 'mpz_fdiv_ui' above if only |
| 2521 | the return value is wanted. |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | -- Function: void mpz_divexact (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2524 | -- Function: void mpz_divexact_ui (mpz_t Q, const mpz_t N, unsigned |
| 2525 | long D) |
| 2526 | Set Q to N/D. These functions produce correct results only when it |
| 2527 | is known in advance that D divides N. |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | These routines are much faster than the other division functions, |
| 2530 | and are the best choice when exact division is known to occur, for |
| 2531 | example reducing a rational to lowest terms. |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | -- Function: int mpz_divisible_p (const mpz_t N, const mpz_t D) |
| 2534 | -- Function: int mpz_divisible_ui_p (const mpz_t N, unsigned long int |
| 2535 | D) |
| 2536 | -- Function: int mpz_divisible_2exp_p (const mpz_t N, mp_bitcnt_t B) |
| 2537 | Return non-zero if N is exactly divisible by D, or in the case of |
| 2538 | 'mpz_divisible_2exp_p' by 2^B. |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | N is divisible by D if there exists an integer Q satisfying N = |
| 2541 | Q*D. Unlike the other division functions, D=0 is accepted and |
| 2542 | following the rule it can be seen that only 0 is considered |
| 2543 | divisible by 0. |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | -- Function: int mpz_congruent_p (const mpz_t N, const mpz_t C, const |
| 2546 | mpz_t D) |
| 2547 | -- Function: int mpz_congruent_ui_p (const mpz_t N, unsigned long int |
| 2548 | C, unsigned long int D) |
| 2549 | -- Function: int mpz_congruent_2exp_p (const mpz_t N, const mpz_t C, |
| 2550 | mp_bitcnt_t B) |
| 2551 | Return non-zero if N is congruent to C modulo D, or in the case of |
| 2552 | 'mpz_congruent_2exp_p' modulo 2^B. |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | N is congruent to C mod D if there exists an integer Q satisfying N |
| 2555 | = C + Q*D. Unlike the other division functions, D=0 is accepted |
| 2556 | and following the rule it can be seen that N and C are considered |
| 2557 | congruent mod 0 only when exactly equal. |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Exponentiation, Next: Integer Roots, Prev: Integer Division, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | 5.7 Exponentiation Functions |
| 2563 | ============================ |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 | -- Function: void mpz_powm (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t BASE, const mpz_t |
| 2566 | EXP, const mpz_t MOD) |
| 2567 | -- Function: void mpz_powm_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t BASE, unsigned |
| 2568 | long int EXP, const mpz_t MOD) |
| 2569 | Set ROP to (BASE raised to EXP) modulo MOD. |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | Negative EXP is supported if the inverse BASE^(-1) mod MOD exists |
| 2572 | (see 'mpz_invert' in *note Number Theoretic Functions::). If an |
| 2573 | inverse doesn't exist then a divide by zero is raised. |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | -- Function: void mpz_powm_sec (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t BASE, const |
| 2576 | mpz_t EXP, const mpz_t MOD) |
| 2577 | Set ROP to (BASE raised to EXP) modulo MOD. |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | It is required that EXP > 0 and that MOD is odd. |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | This function is designed to take the same time and have the same |
| 2582 | cache access patterns for any two same-size arguments, assuming |
| 2583 | that function arguments are placed at the same position and that |
| 2584 | the machine state is identical upon function entry. This function |
| 2585 | is intended for cryptographic purposes, where resilience to |
| 2586 | side-channel attacks is desired. |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 | -- Function: void mpz_pow_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t BASE, unsigned |
| 2589 | long int EXP) |
| 2590 | -- Function: void mpz_ui_pow_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BASE, |
| 2591 | unsigned long int EXP) |
| 2592 | Set ROP to BASE raised to EXP. The case 0^0 yields 1. |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Roots, Next: Number Theoretic Functions, Prev: Integer Exponentiation, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | 5.8 Root Extraction Functions |
| 2598 | ============================= |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | -- Function: int mpz_root (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP, unsigned long int |
| 2601 | N) |
| 2602 | Set ROP to the truncated integer part of the Nth root of OP. |
| 2603 | Return non-zero if the computation was exact, i.e., if OP is ROP to |
| 2604 | the Nth power. |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | -- Function: void mpz_rootrem (mpz_t ROOT, mpz_t REM, const mpz_t U, |
| 2607 | unsigned long int N) |
| 2608 | Set ROOT to the truncated integer part of the Nth root of U. Set |
| 2609 | REM to the remainder, U-ROOT**N. |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | -- Function: void mpz_sqrt (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2612 | Set ROP to the truncated integer part of the square root of OP. |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | -- Function: void mpz_sqrtrem (mpz_t ROP1, mpz_t ROP2, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2615 | Set ROP1 to the truncated integer part of the square root of OP, |
| 2616 | like 'mpz_sqrt'. Set ROP2 to the remainder OP-ROP1*ROP1, which |
| 2617 | will be zero if OP is a perfect square. |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | If ROP1 and ROP2 are the same variable, the results are undefined. |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | -- Function: int mpz_perfect_power_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 2622 | Return non-zero if OP is a perfect power, i.e., if there exist |
| 2623 | integers A and B, with B>1, such that OP equals A raised to the |
| 2624 | power B. |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | Under this definition both 0 and 1 are considered to be perfect |
| 2627 | powers. Negative values of OP are accepted, but of course can only |
| 2628 | be odd perfect powers. |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | -- Function: int mpz_perfect_square_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 2631 | Return non-zero if OP is a perfect square, i.e., if the square root |
| 2632 | of OP is an integer. Under this definition both 0 and 1 are |
| 2633 | considered to be perfect squares. |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | File: gmp.info, Node: Number Theoretic Functions, Next: Integer Comparisons, Prev: Integer Roots, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | 5.9 Number Theoretic Functions |
| 2639 | ============================== |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | -- Function: int mpz_probab_prime_p (const mpz_t N, int REPS) |
| 2642 | Determine whether N is prime. Return 2 if N is definitely prime, |
| 2643 | return 1 if N is probably prime (without being certain), or return |
| 2644 | 0 if N is definitely non-prime. |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | This function performs some trial divisions, a Baillie-PSW probable |
| 2647 | prime test, then REPS-24 Miller-Rabin probabilistic primality |
| 2648 | tests. A higher REPS value will reduce the chances of a non-prime |
| 2649 | being identified as "probably prime". A composite number will be |
| 2650 | identified as a prime with an asymptotic probability of less than |
| 2651 | 4^(-REPS). Reasonable values of REPS are between 15 and 50. |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 | GMP versions up to and including 6.1.2 did not use the Baillie-PSW |
| 2654 | primality test. In those older versions of GMP, this function |
| 2655 | performed REPS Miller-Rabin tests. |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | -- Function: void mpz_nextprime (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2658 | Set ROP to the next prime greater than OP. |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | This function uses a probabilistic algorithm to identify primes. |
| 2661 | For practical purposes it's adequate, the chance of a composite |
| 2662 | passing will be extremely small. |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | -- Function: void mpz_gcd (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2665 | Set ROP to the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2. The result |
| 2666 | is always positive even if one or both input operands are negative. |
| 2667 | Except if both inputs are zero; then this function defines gcd(0,0) |
| 2668 | = 0. |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_gcd_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, |
| 2671 | unsigned long int OP2) |
| 2672 | Compute the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2. If ROP is not |
| 2673 | 'NULL', store the result there. |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | If the result is small enough to fit in an 'unsigned long int', it |
| 2676 | is returned. If the result does not fit, 0 is returned, and the |
| 2677 | result is equal to the argument OP1. Note that the result will |
| 2678 | always fit if OP2 is non-zero. |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | -- Function: void mpz_gcdext (mpz_t G, mpz_t S, mpz_t T, const mpz_t A, |
| 2681 | const mpz_t B) |
| 2682 | Set G to the greatest common divisor of A and B, and in addition |
| 2683 | set S and T to coefficients satisfying A*S + B*T = G. The value in |
| 2684 | G is always positive, even if one or both of A and B are negative |
| 2685 | (or zero if both inputs are zero). The values in S and T are |
| 2686 | chosen such that normally, abs(S) < abs(B) / (2 G) and abs(T) < |
| 2687 | abs(A) / (2 G), and these relations define S and T uniquely. There |
| 2688 | are a few exceptional cases: |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 | If abs(A) = abs(B), then S = 0, T = sgn(B). |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | Otherwise, S = sgn(A) if B = 0 or abs(B) = 2 G, and T = sgn(B) if A |
| 2693 | = 0 or abs(A) = 2 G. |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 | In all cases, S = 0 if and only if G = abs(B), i.e., if B divides A |
| 2696 | or A = B = 0. |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | If T or G is 'NULL' then that value is not computed. |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | -- Function: void mpz_lcm (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2701 | -- Function: void mpz_lcm_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 2702 | OP2) |
| 2703 | Set ROP to the least common multiple of OP1 and OP2. ROP is always |
| 2704 | positive, irrespective of the signs of OP1 and OP2. ROP will be |
| 2705 | zero if either OP1 or OP2 is zero. |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | -- Function: int mpz_invert (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t |
| 2708 | OP2) |
| 2709 | Compute the inverse of OP1 modulo OP2 and put the result in ROP. |
| 2710 | If the inverse exists, the return value is non-zero and ROP will |
| 2711 | satisfy 0 <= ROP < abs(OP2) (with ROP = 0 possible only when |
| 2712 | abs(OP2) = 1, i.e., in the somewhat degenerate zero ring). If an |
| 2713 | inverse doesn't exist the return value is zero and ROP is |
| 2714 | undefined. The behaviour of this function is undefined when OP2 is |
| 2715 | zero. |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | -- Function: int mpz_jacobi (const mpz_t A, const mpz_t B) |
| 2718 | Calculate the Jacobi symbol (A/B). This is defined only for B odd. |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | -- Function: int mpz_legendre (const mpz_t A, const mpz_t P) |
| 2721 | Calculate the Legendre symbol (A/P). This is defined only for P an |
| 2722 | odd positive prime, and for such P it's identical to the Jacobi |
| 2723 | symbol. |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | -- Function: int mpz_kronecker (const mpz_t A, const mpz_t B) |
| 2726 | -- Function: int mpz_kronecker_si (const mpz_t A, long B) |
| 2727 | -- Function: int mpz_kronecker_ui (const mpz_t A, unsigned long B) |
| 2728 | -- Function: int mpz_si_kronecker (long A, const mpz_t B) |
| 2729 | -- Function: int mpz_ui_kronecker (unsigned long A, const mpz_t B) |
| 2730 | Calculate the Jacobi symbol (A/B) with the Kronecker extension |
| 2731 | (a/2)=(2/a) when a odd, or (a/2)=0 when a even. |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | When B is odd the Jacobi symbol and Kronecker symbol are identical, |
| 2734 | so 'mpz_kronecker_ui' etc can be used for mixed precision Jacobi |
| 2735 | symbols too. |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | For more information see Henri Cohen section 1.4.2 (*note |
| 2738 | References::), or any number theory textbook. See also the example |
| 2739 | program 'demos/qcn.c' which uses 'mpz_kronecker_ui'. |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_remove (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP, const |
| 2742 | mpz_t F) |
| 2743 | Remove all occurrences of the factor F from OP and store the result |
| 2744 | in ROP. The return value is how many such occurrences were |
| 2745 | removed. |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | -- Function: void mpz_fac_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int N) |
| 2748 | -- Function: void mpz_2fac_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int N) |
| 2749 | -- Function: void mpz_mfac_uiui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int N, |
| 2750 | unsigned long int M) |
| 2751 | Set ROP to the factorial of N: 'mpz_fac_ui' computes the plain |
| 2752 | factorial N!, 'mpz_2fac_ui' computes the double-factorial N!!, and |
| 2753 | 'mpz_mfac_uiui' the M-multi-factorial N!^(M). |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | -- Function: void mpz_primorial_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int N) |
| 2756 | Set ROP to the primorial of N, i.e. the product of all positive |
| 2757 | prime numbers <=N. |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | -- Function: void mpz_bin_ui (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t N, unsigned long |
| 2760 | int K) |
| 2761 | -- Function: void mpz_bin_uiui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int N, |
| 2762 | unsigned long int K) |
| 2763 | Compute the binomial coefficient N over K and store the result in |
| 2764 | ROP. Negative values of N are supported by 'mpz_bin_ui', using the |
| 2765 | identity bin(-n,k) = (-1)^k * bin(n+k-1,k), see Knuth volume 1 |
| 2766 | section 1.2.6 part G. |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 | -- Function: void mpz_fib_ui (mpz_t FN, unsigned long int N) |
| 2769 | -- Function: void mpz_fib2_ui (mpz_t FN, mpz_t FNSUB1, unsigned long |
| 2770 | int N) |
| 2771 | 'mpz_fib_ui' sets FN to to F[n], the N'th Fibonacci number. |
| 2772 | 'mpz_fib2_ui' sets FN to F[n], and FNSUB1 to F[n-1]. |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | These functions are designed for calculating isolated Fibonacci |
| 2775 | numbers. When a sequence of values is wanted it's best to start |
| 2776 | with 'mpz_fib2_ui' and iterate the defining F[n+1]=F[n]+F[n-1] or |
| 2777 | similar. |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | -- Function: void mpz_lucnum_ui (mpz_t LN, unsigned long int N) |
| 2780 | -- Function: void mpz_lucnum2_ui (mpz_t LN, mpz_t LNSUB1, unsigned long |
| 2781 | int N) |
| 2782 | 'mpz_lucnum_ui' sets LN to to L[n], the N'th Lucas number. |
| 2783 | 'mpz_lucnum2_ui' sets LN to L[n], and LNSUB1 to L[n-1]. |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | These functions are designed for calculating isolated Lucas |
| 2786 | numbers. When a sequence of values is wanted it's best to start |
| 2787 | with 'mpz_lucnum2_ui' and iterate the defining L[n+1]=L[n]+L[n-1] |
| 2788 | or similar. |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | The Fibonacci numbers and Lucas numbers are related sequences, so |
| 2791 | it's never necessary to call both 'mpz_fib2_ui' and |
| 2792 | 'mpz_lucnum2_ui'. The formulas for going from Fibonacci to Lucas |
| 2793 | can be found in *note Lucas Numbers Algorithm::, the reverse is |
| 2794 | straightforward too. |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Comparisons, Next: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling, Prev: Number Theoretic Functions, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 | 5.10 Comparison Functions |
| 2800 | ========================= |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | -- Function: int mpz_cmp (const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2803 | -- Function: int mpz_cmp_d (const mpz_t OP1, double OP2) |
| 2804 | -- Macro: int mpz_cmp_si (const mpz_t OP1, signed long int OP2) |
| 2805 | -- Macro: int mpz_cmp_ui (const mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2) |
| 2806 | Compare OP1 and OP2. Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero if |
| 2807 | OP1 = OP2, or a negative value if OP1 < OP2. |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | 'mpz_cmp_ui' and 'mpz_cmp_si' are macros and will evaluate their |
| 2810 | arguments more than once. 'mpz_cmp_d' can be called with an |
| 2811 | infinity, but results are undefined for a NaN. |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | -- Function: int mpz_cmpabs (const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2814 | -- Function: int mpz_cmpabs_d (const mpz_t OP1, double OP2) |
| 2815 | -- Function: int mpz_cmpabs_ui (const mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2) |
| 2816 | Compare the absolute values of OP1 and OP2. Return a positive |
| 2817 | value if abs(OP1) > abs(OP2), zero if abs(OP1) = abs(OP2), or a |
| 2818 | negative value if abs(OP1) < abs(OP2). |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | 'mpz_cmpabs_d' can be called with an infinity, but results are |
| 2821 | undefined for a NaN. |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | -- Macro: int mpz_sgn (const mpz_t OP) |
| 2824 | Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0. |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | This function is actually implemented as a macro. It evaluates its |
| 2827 | argument multiple times. |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling, Next: I/O of Integers, Prev: Integer Comparisons, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | 5.11 Logical and Bit Manipulation Functions |
| 2833 | =========================================== |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | These functions behave as if twos complement arithmetic were used |
| 2836 | (although sign-magnitude is the actual implementation). The least |
| 2837 | significant bit is number 0. |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 | -- Function: void mpz_and (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2840 | Set ROP to OP1 bitwise-and OP2. |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | -- Function: void mpz_ior (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2843 | Set ROP to OP1 bitwise inclusive-or OP2. |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | -- Function: void mpz_xor (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2846 | Set ROP to OP1 bitwise exclusive-or OP2. |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | -- Function: void mpz_com (mpz_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2849 | Set ROP to the one's complement of OP. |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_popcount (const mpz_t OP) |
| 2852 | If OP>=0, return the population count of OP, which is the number of |
| 2853 | 1 bits in the binary representation. If OP<0, the number of 1s is |
| 2854 | infinite, and the return value is the largest possible |
| 2855 | 'mp_bitcnt_t'. |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_hamdist (const mpz_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 2858 | If OP1 and OP2 are both >=0 or both <0, return the hamming distance |
| 2859 | between the two operands, which is the number of bit positions |
| 2860 | where OP1 and OP2 have different bit values. If one operand is >=0 |
| 2861 | and the other <0 then the number of bits different is infinite, and |
| 2862 | the return value is the largest possible 'mp_bitcnt_t'. |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_scan0 (const mpz_t OP, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 2865 | STARTING_BIT) |
| 2866 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_scan1 (const mpz_t OP, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 2867 | STARTING_BIT) |
| 2868 | Scan OP, starting from bit STARTING_BIT, towards more significant |
| 2869 | bits, until the first 0 or 1 bit (respectively) is found. Return |
| 2870 | the index of the found bit. |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | If the bit at STARTING_BIT is already what's sought, then |
| 2873 | STARTING_BIT is returned. |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | If there's no bit found, then the largest possible 'mp_bitcnt_t' is |
| 2876 | returned. This will happen in 'mpz_scan0' past the end of a |
| 2877 | negative number, or 'mpz_scan1' past the end of a nonnegative |
| 2878 | number. |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 | -- Function: void mpz_setbit (mpz_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t BIT_INDEX) |
| 2881 | Set bit BIT_INDEX in ROP. |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | -- Function: void mpz_clrbit (mpz_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t BIT_INDEX) |
| 2884 | Clear bit BIT_INDEX in ROP. |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | -- Function: void mpz_combit (mpz_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t BIT_INDEX) |
| 2887 | Complement bit BIT_INDEX in ROP. |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 | -- Function: int mpz_tstbit (const mpz_t OP, mp_bitcnt_t BIT_INDEX) |
| 2890 | Test bit BIT_INDEX in OP and return 0 or 1 accordingly. |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | File: gmp.info, Node: I/O of Integers, Next: Integer Random Numbers, Prev: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | 5.12 Input and Output Functions |
| 2896 | =============================== |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that |
| 2899 | output to a stdio stream, of 'mpz' numbers. Passing a 'NULL' pointer |
| 2900 | for a STREAM argument to any of these functions will make them read from |
| 2901 | 'stdin' and write to 'stdout', respectively. |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include |
| 2904 | 'stdio.h' before 'gmp.h', since that will allow 'gmp.h' to define |
| 2905 | prototypes for these functions. |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | See also *note Formatted Output:: and *note Formatted Input::. |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | -- Function: size_t mpz_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, const mpz_t |
| 2910 | OP) |
| 2911 | Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, as a string of digits in base |
| 2912 | BASE. The base argument may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36. |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are |
| 2915 | used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for |
| 2916 | 37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in that |
| 2917 | significance order) are used. |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 | Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred, return |
| 2920 | 0. |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 | -- Function: size_t mpz_inp_str (mpz_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE) |
| 2923 | Input a possibly white-space preceded string in base BASE from |
| 2924 | stdio stream STREAM, and put the read integer in ROP. |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | The BASE may vary from 2 to 62, or if BASE is 0, then the leading |
| 2927 | characters are used: '0x' and '0X' for hexadecimal, '0b' and '0B' |
| 2928 | for binary, '0' for octal, or decimal otherwise. |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 | For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case |
| 2931 | letters have the same value. For bases 37 to 62, upper-case letter |
| 2932 | represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter represent |
| 2933 | 36..61. |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | Return the number of bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0. |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | -- Function: size_t mpz_out_raw (FILE *STREAM, const mpz_t OP) |
| 2938 | Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, in raw binary format. The |
| 2939 | integer is written in a portable format, with 4 bytes of size |
| 2940 | information, and that many bytes of limbs. Both the size and the |
| 2941 | limbs are written in decreasing significance order (i.e., in |
| 2942 | big-endian). |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | The output can be read with 'mpz_inp_raw'. |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred, return |
| 2947 | 0. |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 | The output of this can not be read by 'mpz_inp_raw' from GMP 1, |
| 2950 | because of changes necessary for compatibility between 32-bit and |
| 2951 | 64-bit machines. |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 | -- Function: size_t mpz_inp_raw (mpz_t ROP, FILE *STREAM) |
| 2954 | Input from stdio stream STREAM in the format written by |
| 2955 | 'mpz_out_raw', and put the result in ROP. Return the number of |
| 2956 | bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0. |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | This routine can read the output from 'mpz_out_raw' also from GMP |
| 2959 | 1, in spite of changes necessary for compatibility between 32-bit |
| 2960 | and 64-bit machines. |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Random Numbers, Next: Integer Import and Export, Prev: I/O of Integers, Up: Integer Functions |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | 5.13 Random Number Functions |
| 2966 | ============================ |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | The random number functions of GMP come in two groups; older function |
| 2969 | that rely on a global state, and newer functions that accept a state |
| 2970 | parameter that is read and modified. Please see the *note Random Number |
| 2971 | Functions:: for more information on how to use and not to use random |
| 2972 | number functions. |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | -- Function: void mpz_urandomb (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE, |
| 2975 | mp_bitcnt_t N) |
| 2976 | Generate a uniformly distributed random integer in the range 0 to |
| 2977 | 2^N-1, inclusive. |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the |
| 2980 | 'gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::) |
| 2981 | before invoking this function. |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | -- Function: void mpz_urandomm (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE, const |
| 2984 | mpz_t N) |
| 2985 | Generate a uniform random integer in the range 0 to N-1, inclusive. |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the |
| 2988 | 'gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::) |
| 2989 | before invoking this function. |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 | -- Function: void mpz_rrandomb (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE, |
| 2992 | mp_bitcnt_t N) |
| 2993 | Generate a random integer with long strings of zeros and ones in |
| 2994 | the binary representation. Useful for testing functions and |
| 2995 | algorithms, since this kind of random numbers have proven to be |
| 2996 | more likely to trigger corner-case bugs. The random number will be |
| 2997 | in the range 2^(N-1) to 2^N-1, inclusive. |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the |
| 3000 | 'gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::) |
| 3001 | before invoking this function. |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | -- Function: void mpz_random (mpz_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE) |
| 3004 | Generate a random integer of at most MAX_SIZE limbs. The generated |
| 3005 | random number doesn't satisfy any particular requirements of |
| 3006 | randomness. Negative random numbers are generated when MAX_SIZE is |
| 3007 | negative. |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | This function is obsolete. Use 'mpz_urandomb' or 'mpz_urandomm' |
| 3010 | instead. |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | -- Function: void mpz_random2 (mpz_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE) |
| 3013 | Generate a random integer of at most MAX_SIZE limbs, with long |
| 3014 | strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation. Useful for |
| 3015 | testing functions and algorithms, since this kind of random numbers |
| 3016 | have proven to be more likely to trigger corner-case bugs. |
| 3017 | Negative random numbers are generated when MAX_SIZE is negative. |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | This function is obsolete. Use 'mpz_rrandomb' instead. |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Import and Export, Next: Miscellaneous Integer Functions, Prev: Integer Random Numbers, Up: Integer Functions |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | 5.14 Integer Import and Export |
| 3025 | ============================== |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | 'mpz_t' variables can be converted to and from arbitrary words of binary |
| 3028 | data with the following functions. |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | -- Function: void mpz_import (mpz_t ROP, size_t COUNT, int ORDER, |
| 3031 | size_t SIZE, int ENDIAN, size_t NAILS, const void *OP) |
| 3032 | Set ROP from an array of word data at OP. |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | The parameters specify the format of the data. COUNT many words |
| 3035 | are read, each SIZE bytes. ORDER can be 1 for most significant |
| 3036 | word first or -1 for least significant first. Within each word |
| 3037 | ENDIAN can be 1 for most significant byte first, -1 for least |
| 3038 | significant first, or 0 for the native endianness of the host CPU. |
| 3039 | The most significant NAILS bits of each word are skipped, this can |
| 3040 | be 0 to use the full words. |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | There is no sign taken from the data, ROP will simply be a positive |
| 3043 | integer. An application can handle any sign itself, and apply it |
| 3044 | for instance with 'mpz_neg'. |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | There are no data alignment restrictions on OP, any address is |
| 3047 | allowed. |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | Here's an example converting an array of 'unsigned long' data, most |
| 3050 | significant element first, and host byte order within each value. |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | unsigned long a[20]; |
| 3053 | /* Initialize Z and A */ |
| 3054 | mpz_import (z, 20, 1, sizeof(a[0]), 0, 0, a); |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | This example assumes the full 'sizeof' bytes are used for data in |
| 3057 | the given type, which is usually true, and certainly true for |
| 3058 | 'unsigned long' everywhere we know of. However on Cray vector |
| 3059 | systems it may be noted that 'short' and 'int' are always stored in |
| 3060 | 8 bytes (and with 'sizeof' indicating that) but use only 32 or 46 |
| 3061 | bits. The NAILS feature can account for this, by passing for |
| 3062 | instance '8*sizeof(int)-INT_BIT'. |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | -- Function: void * mpz_export (void *ROP, size_t *COUNTP, int ORDER, |
| 3065 | size_t SIZE, int ENDIAN, size_t NAILS, const mpz_t OP) |
| 3066 | Fill ROP with word data from OP. |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | The parameters specify the format of the data produced. Each word |
| 3069 | will be SIZE bytes and ORDER can be 1 for most significant word |
| 3070 | first or -1 for least significant first. Within each word ENDIAN |
| 3071 | can be 1 for most significant byte first, -1 for least significant |
| 3072 | first, or 0 for the native endianness of the host CPU. The most |
| 3073 | significant NAILS bits of each word are unused and set to zero, |
| 3074 | this can be 0 to produce full words. |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | The number of words produced is written to '*COUNTP', or COUNTP can |
| 3077 | be 'NULL' to discard the count. ROP must have enough space for the |
| 3078 | data, or if ROP is 'NULL' then a result array of the necessary size |
| 3079 | is allocated using the current GMP allocation function (*note |
| 3080 | Custom Allocation::). In either case the return value is the |
| 3081 | destination used, either ROP or the allocated block. |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | If OP is non-zero then the most significant word produced will be |
| 3084 | non-zero. If OP is zero then the count returned will be zero and |
| 3085 | nothing written to ROP. If ROP is 'NULL' in this case, no block is |
| 3086 | allocated, just 'NULL' is returned. |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | The sign of OP is ignored, just the absolute value is exported. An |
| 3089 | application can use 'mpz_sgn' to get the sign and handle it as |
| 3090 | desired. (*note Integer Comparisons::) |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | There are no data alignment restrictions on ROP, any address is |
| 3093 | allowed. |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | When an application is allocating space itself the required size |
| 3096 | can be determined with a calculation like the following. Since |
| 3097 | 'mpz_sizeinbase' always returns at least 1, 'count' here will be at |
| 3098 | least one, which avoids any portability problems with 'malloc(0)', |
| 3099 | though if 'z' is zero no space at all is actually needed (or |
| 3100 | written). |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | numb = 8*size - nail; |
| 3103 | count = (mpz_sizeinbase (z, 2) + numb-1) / numb; |
| 3104 | p = malloc (count * size); |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | File: gmp.info, Node: Miscellaneous Integer Functions, Next: Integer Special Functions, Prev: Integer Import and Export, Up: Integer Functions |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | 5.15 Miscellaneous Functions |
| 3110 | ============================ |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 | -- Function: int mpz_fits_ulong_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3113 | -- Function: int mpz_fits_slong_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3114 | -- Function: int mpz_fits_uint_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3115 | -- Function: int mpz_fits_sint_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3116 | -- Function: int mpz_fits_ushort_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3117 | -- Function: int mpz_fits_sshort_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3118 | Return non-zero iff the value of OP fits in an 'unsigned long int', |
| 3119 | 'signed long int', 'unsigned int', 'signed int', 'unsigned short |
| 3120 | int', or 'signed short int', respectively. Otherwise, return zero. |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | -- Macro: int mpz_odd_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3123 | -- Macro: int mpz_even_p (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3124 | Determine whether OP is odd or even, respectively. Return non-zero |
| 3125 | if yes, zero if no. These macros evaluate their argument more than |
| 3126 | once. |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | -- Function: size_t mpz_sizeinbase (const mpz_t OP, int BASE) |
| 3129 | Return the size of OP measured in number of digits in the given |
| 3130 | BASE. BASE can vary from 2 to 62. The sign of OP is ignored, just |
| 3131 | the absolute value is used. The result will be either exact or 1 |
| 3132 | too big. If BASE is a power of 2, the result is always exact. If |
| 3133 | OP is zero the return value is always 1. |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | This function can be used to determine the space required when |
| 3136 | converting OP to a string. The right amount of allocation is |
| 3137 | normally two more than the value returned by 'mpz_sizeinbase', one |
| 3138 | extra for a minus sign and one for the null-terminator. |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | It will be noted that 'mpz_sizeinbase(OP,2)' can be used to locate |
| 3141 | the most significant 1 bit in OP, counting from 1. (Unlike the |
| 3142 | bitwise functions which start from 0, *Note Logical and Bit |
| 3143 | Manipulation Functions: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.) |
| 3144 | |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | File: gmp.info, Node: Integer Special Functions, Prev: Miscellaneous Integer Functions, Up: Integer Functions |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | 5.16 Special Functions |
| 3149 | ====================== |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | The functions in this section are for various special purposes. Most |
| 3152 | applications will not need them. |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | -- Function: void mpz_array_init (mpz_t INTEGER_ARRAY, mp_size_t |
| 3155 | ARRAY_SIZE, mp_size_t FIXED_NUM_BITS) |
| 3156 | *This is an obsolete function. Do not use it.* |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | -- Function: void * _mpz_realloc (mpz_t INTEGER, mp_size_t NEW_ALLOC) |
| 3159 | Change the space for INTEGER to NEW_ALLOC limbs. The value in |
| 3160 | INTEGER is preserved if it fits, or is set to 0 if not. The return |
| 3161 | value is not useful to applications and should be ignored. |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | 'mpz_realloc2' is the preferred way to accomplish allocation |
| 3164 | changes like this. 'mpz_realloc2' and '_mpz_realloc' are the same |
| 3165 | except that '_mpz_realloc' takes its size in limbs. |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpz_getlimbn (const mpz_t OP, mp_size_t N) |
| 3168 | Return limb number N from OP. The sign of OP is ignored, just the |
| 3169 | absolute value is used. The least significant limb is number 0. |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 | 'mpz_size' can be used to find how many limbs make up OP. |
| 3172 | 'mpz_getlimbn' returns zero if N is outside the range 0 to |
| 3173 | 'mpz_size(OP)-1'. |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | -- Function: size_t mpz_size (const mpz_t OP) |
| 3176 | Return the size of OP measured in number of limbs. If OP is zero, |
| 3177 | the returned value will be zero. |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | -- Function: const mp_limb_t * mpz_limbs_read (const mpz_t X) |
| 3180 | Return a pointer to the limb array representing the absolute value |
| 3181 | of X. The size of the array is 'mpz_size(X)'. Intended for read |
| 3182 | access only. |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | -- Function: mp_limb_t * mpz_limbs_write (mpz_t X, mp_size_t N) |
| 3185 | -- Function: mp_limb_t * mpz_limbs_modify (mpz_t X, mp_size_t N) |
| 3186 | Return a pointer to the limb array, intended for write access. The |
| 3187 | array is reallocated as needed, to make room for N limbs. Requires |
| 3188 | N > 0. The 'mpz_limbs_modify' function returns an array that holds |
| 3189 | the old absolute value of X, while 'mpz_limbs_write' may destroy |
| 3190 | the old value and return an array with unspecified contents. |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | -- Function: void mpz_limbs_finish (mpz_t X, mp_size_t S) |
| 3193 | Updates the internal size field of X. Used after writing to the |
| 3194 | limb array pointer returned by 'mpz_limbs_write' or |
| 3195 | 'mpz_limbs_modify' is completed. The array should contain abs(S) |
| 3196 | valid limbs, representing the new absolute value for X, and the |
| 3197 | sign of X is taken from the sign of S. This function never |
| 3198 | reallocates X, so the limb pointer remains valid. |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | void foo (mpz_t x) |
| 3201 | { |
| 3202 | mp_size_t n, i; |
| 3203 | mp_limb_t *xp; |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | n = mpz_size (x); |
| 3206 | xp = mpz_limbs_modify (x, 2*n); |
| 3207 | for (i = 0; i < n; i++) |
| 3208 | xp[n+i] = xp[n-1-i]; |
| 3209 | mpz_limbs_finish (x, mpz_sgn (x) < 0 ? - 2*n : 2*n); |
| 3210 | } |
| 3211 | |
| 3212 | -- Function: mpz_srcptr mpz_roinit_n (mpz_t X, const mp_limb_t *XP, |
| 3213 | mp_size_t XS) |
| 3214 | Special initialization of X, using the given limb array and size. |
| 3215 | X should be treated as read-only: it can be passed safely as input |
| 3216 | to any mpz function, but not as an output. The array XP must point |
| 3217 | to at least a readable limb, its size is abs(XS), and the sign of X |
| 3218 | is the sign of XS. For convenience, the function returns X, but |
| 3219 | cast to a const pointer type. |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | void foo (mpz_t x) |
| 3222 | { |
| 3223 | static const mp_limb_t y[3] = { 0x1, 0x2, 0x3 }; |
| 3224 | mpz_t tmp; |
| 3225 | mpz_add (x, x, mpz_roinit_n (tmp, y, 3)); |
| 3226 | } |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | -- Macro: mpz_t MPZ_ROINIT_N (mp_limb_t *XP, mp_size_t XS) |
| 3229 | This macro expands to an initializer which can be assigned to an |
| 3230 | mpz_t variable. The limb array XP must point to at least a |
| 3231 | readable limb, moreover, unlike the 'mpz_roinit_n' function, the |
| 3232 | array must be normalized: if XS is non-zero, then 'XP[abs(XS)-1]' |
| 3233 | must be non-zero. Intended primarily for constant values. Using |
| 3234 | it for non-constant values requires a C compiler supporting C99. |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | void foo (mpz_t x) |
| 3237 | { |
| 3238 | static const mp_limb_t ya[3] = { 0x1, 0x2, 0x3 }; |
| 3239 | static const mpz_t y = MPZ_ROINIT_N ((mp_limb_t *) ya, 3); |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | mpz_add (x, x, y); |
| 3242 | } |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | File: gmp.info, Node: Rational Number Functions, Next: Floating-point Functions, Prev: Integer Functions, Up: Top |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | 6 Rational Number Functions |
| 3248 | *************************** |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | This chapter describes the GMP functions for performing arithmetic on |
| 3251 | rational numbers. These functions start with the prefix 'mpq_'. |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | Rational numbers are stored in objects of type 'mpq_t'. |
| 3254 | |
| 3255 | All rational arithmetic functions assume operands have a canonical |
| 3256 | form, and canonicalize their result. The canonical form means that the |
| 3257 | denominator and the numerator have no common factors, and that the |
| 3258 | denominator is positive. Zero has the unique representation 0/1. |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | Pure assignment functions do not canonicalize the assigned variable. |
| 3261 | It is the responsibility of the user to canonicalize the assigned |
| 3262 | variable before any arithmetic operations are performed on that |
| 3263 | variable. |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 | -- Function: void mpq_canonicalize (mpq_t OP) |
| 3266 | Remove any factors that are common to the numerator and denominator |
| 3267 | of OP, and make the denominator positive. |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | * Menu: |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 | * Initializing Rationals:: |
| 3272 | * Rational Conversions:: |
| 3273 | * Rational Arithmetic:: |
| 3274 | * Comparing Rationals:: |
| 3275 | * Applying Integer Functions:: |
| 3276 | * I/O of Rationals:: |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | File: gmp.info, Node: Initializing Rationals, Next: Rational Conversions, Prev: Rational Number Functions, Up: Rational Number Functions |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | 6.1 Initialization and Assignment Functions |
| 3282 | =========================================== |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | -- Function: void mpq_init (mpq_t X) |
| 3285 | Initialize X and set it to 0/1. Each variable should normally only |
| 3286 | be initialized once, or at least cleared out (using the function |
| 3287 | 'mpq_clear') between each initialization. |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | -- Function: void mpq_inits (mpq_t X, ...) |
| 3290 | Initialize a NULL-terminated list of 'mpq_t' variables, and set |
| 3291 | their values to 0/1. |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | -- Function: void mpq_clear (mpq_t X) |
| 3294 | Free the space occupied by X. Make sure to call this function for |
| 3295 | all 'mpq_t' variables when you are done with them. |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | -- Function: void mpq_clears (mpq_t X, ...) |
| 3298 | Free the space occupied by a NULL-terminated list of 'mpq_t' |
| 3299 | variables. |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | -- Function: void mpq_set (mpq_t ROP, const mpq_t OP) |
| 3302 | -- Function: void mpq_set_z (mpq_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 3303 | Assign ROP from OP. |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | -- Function: void mpq_set_ui (mpq_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, |
| 3306 | unsigned long int OP2) |
| 3307 | -- Function: void mpq_set_si (mpq_t ROP, signed long int OP1, unsigned |
| 3308 | long int OP2) |
| 3309 | Set the value of ROP to OP1/OP2. Note that if OP1 and OP2 have |
| 3310 | common factors, ROP has to be passed to 'mpq_canonicalize' before |
| 3311 | any operations are performed on ROP. |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | -- Function: int mpq_set_str (mpq_t ROP, const char *STR, int BASE) |
| 3314 | Set ROP from a null-terminated string STR in the given BASE. |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | The string can be an integer like "41" or a fraction like "41/152". |
| 3317 | The fraction must be in canonical form (*note Rational Number |
| 3318 | Functions::), or if not then 'mpq_canonicalize' must be called. |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | The numerator and optional denominator are parsed the same as in |
| 3321 | 'mpz_set_str' (*note Assigning Integers::). White space is allowed |
| 3322 | in the string, and is simply ignored. The BASE can vary from 2 to |
| 3323 | 62, or if BASE is 0 then the leading characters are used: '0x' or |
| 3324 | '0X' for hex, '0b' or '0B' for binary, '0' for octal, or decimal |
| 3325 | otherwise. Note that this is done separately for the numerator and |
| 3326 | denominator, so for instance '0xEF/100' is 239/100, whereas |
| 3327 | '0xEF/0x100' is 239/256. |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | The return value is 0 if the entire string is a valid number, or -1 |
| 3330 | if not. |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | -- Function: void mpq_swap (mpq_t ROP1, mpq_t ROP2) |
| 3333 | Swap the values ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently. |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 | File: gmp.info, Node: Rational Conversions, Next: Rational Arithmetic, Prev: Initializing Rationals, Up: Rational Number Functions |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | 6.2 Conversion Functions |
| 3339 | ======================== |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 | -- Function: double mpq_get_d (const mpq_t OP) |
| 3342 | Convert OP to a 'double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding |
| 3343 | towards zero). |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | If the exponent from the conversion is too big or too small to fit |
| 3346 | a 'double' then the result is system dependent. For too big an |
| 3347 | infinity is returned when available. For too small 0.0 is normally |
| 3348 | returned. Hardware overflow, underflow and denorm traps may or may |
| 3349 | not occur. |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | -- Function: void mpq_set_d (mpq_t ROP, double OP) |
| 3352 | -- Function: void mpq_set_f (mpq_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 3353 | Set ROP to the value of OP. There is no rounding, this conversion |
| 3354 | is exact. |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | -- Function: char * mpq_get_str (char *STR, int BASE, const mpq_t OP) |
| 3357 | Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE. The base argument |
| 3358 | may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36. The string will be of the |
| 3359 | form 'num/den', or if the denominator is 1 then just 'num'. |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 | For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are |
| 3362 | used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for |
| 3363 | 37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in that |
| 3364 | significance order) are used. |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | If STR is 'NULL', the result string is allocated using the current |
| 3367 | allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::). The block will be |
| 3368 | 'strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and |
| 3369 | null-terminator. |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 | If STR is not 'NULL', it should point to a block of storage large |
| 3372 | enough for the result, that being |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | mpz_sizeinbase (mpq_numref(OP), BASE) |
| 3375 | + mpz_sizeinbase (mpq_denref(OP), BASE) + 3 |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | The three extra bytes are for a possible minus sign, possible |
| 3378 | slash, and the null-terminator. |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the |
| 3381 | allocated block, or the given STR. |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | File: gmp.info, Node: Rational Arithmetic, Next: Comparing Rationals, Prev: Rational Conversions, Up: Rational Number Functions |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | 6.3 Arithmetic Functions |
| 3387 | ======================== |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | -- Function: void mpq_add (mpq_t SUM, const mpq_t ADDEND1, const mpq_t |
| 3390 | ADDEND2) |
| 3391 | Set SUM to ADDEND1 + ADDEND2. |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | -- Function: void mpq_sub (mpq_t DIFFERENCE, const mpq_t MINUEND, const |
| 3394 | mpq_t SUBTRAHEND) |
| 3395 | Set DIFFERENCE to MINUEND - SUBTRAHEND. |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | -- Function: void mpq_mul (mpq_t PRODUCT, const mpq_t MULTIPLIER, const |
| 3398 | mpq_t MULTIPLICAND) |
| 3399 | Set PRODUCT to MULTIPLIER times MULTIPLICAND. |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | -- Function: void mpq_mul_2exp (mpq_t ROP, const mpq_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 3402 | OP2) |
| 3403 | Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2. |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | -- Function: void mpq_div (mpq_t QUOTIENT, const mpq_t DIVIDEND, const |
| 3406 | mpq_t DIVISOR) |
| 3407 | Set QUOTIENT to DIVIDEND/DIVISOR. |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | -- Function: void mpq_div_2exp (mpq_t ROP, const mpq_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 3410 | OP2) |
| 3411 | Set ROP to OP1 divided by 2 raised to OP2. |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | -- Function: void mpq_neg (mpq_t NEGATED_OPERAND, const mpq_t OPERAND) |
| 3414 | Set NEGATED_OPERAND to -OPERAND. |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | -- Function: void mpq_abs (mpq_t ROP, const mpq_t OP) |
| 3417 | Set ROP to the absolute value of OP. |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | -- Function: void mpq_inv (mpq_t INVERTED_NUMBER, const mpq_t NUMBER) |
| 3420 | Set INVERTED_NUMBER to 1/NUMBER. If the new denominator is zero, |
| 3421 | this routine will divide by zero. |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | File: gmp.info, Node: Comparing Rationals, Next: Applying Integer Functions, Prev: Rational Arithmetic, Up: Rational Number Functions |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | 6.4 Comparison Functions |
| 3427 | ======================== |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 | -- Function: int mpq_cmp (const mpq_t OP1, const mpq_t OP2) |
| 3430 | -- Function: int mpq_cmp_z (const mpq_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 3431 | Compare OP1 and OP2. Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero if |
| 3432 | OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2. |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 | To determine if two rationals are equal, 'mpq_equal' is faster than |
| 3435 | 'mpq_cmp'. |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | -- Macro: int mpq_cmp_ui (const mpq_t OP1, unsigned long int NUM2, |
| 3438 | unsigned long int DEN2) |
| 3439 | -- Macro: int mpq_cmp_si (const mpq_t OP1, long int NUM2, unsigned long |
| 3440 | int DEN2) |
| 3441 | Compare OP1 and NUM2/DEN2. Return a positive value if OP1 > |
| 3442 | NUM2/DEN2, zero if OP1 = NUM2/DEN2, and a negative value if OP1 < |
| 3443 | NUM2/DEN2. |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | NUM2 and DEN2 are allowed to have common factors. |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | These functions are implemented as a macros and evaluate their |
| 3448 | arguments multiple times. |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 | -- Macro: int mpq_sgn (const mpq_t OP) |
| 3451 | Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0. |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 | This function is actually implemented as a macro. It evaluates its |
| 3454 | argument multiple times. |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 | -- Function: int mpq_equal (const mpq_t OP1, const mpq_t OP2) |
| 3457 | Return non-zero if OP1 and OP2 are equal, zero if they are |
| 3458 | non-equal. Although 'mpq_cmp' can be used for the same purpose, |
| 3459 | this function is much faster. |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | File: gmp.info, Node: Applying Integer Functions, Next: I/O of Rationals, Prev: Comparing Rationals, Up: Rational Number Functions |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | 6.5 Applying Integer Functions to Rationals |
| 3465 | =========================================== |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | The set of 'mpq' functions is quite small. In particular, there are few |
| 3468 | functions for either input or output. The following functions give |
| 3469 | direct access to the numerator and denominator of an 'mpq_t'. |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | Note that if an assignment to the numerator and/or denominator could |
| 3472 | take an 'mpq_t' out of the canonical form described at the start of this |
| 3473 | chapter (*note Rational Number Functions::) then 'mpq_canonicalize' must |
| 3474 | be called before any other 'mpq' functions are applied to that 'mpq_t'. |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | -- Macro: mpz_t mpq_numref (const mpq_t OP) |
| 3477 | -- Macro: mpz_t mpq_denref (const mpq_t OP) |
| 3478 | Return a reference to the numerator and denominator of OP, |
| 3479 | respectively. The 'mpz' functions can be used on the result of |
| 3480 | these macros. |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | -- Function: void mpq_get_num (mpz_t NUMERATOR, const mpq_t RATIONAL) |
| 3483 | -- Function: void mpq_get_den (mpz_t DENOMINATOR, const mpq_t RATIONAL) |
| 3484 | -- Function: void mpq_set_num (mpq_t RATIONAL, const mpz_t NUMERATOR) |
| 3485 | -- Function: void mpq_set_den (mpq_t RATIONAL, const mpz_t DENOMINATOR) |
| 3486 | Get or set the numerator or denominator of a rational. These |
| 3487 | functions are equivalent to calling 'mpz_set' with an appropriate |
| 3488 | 'mpq_numref' or 'mpq_denref'. Direct use of 'mpq_numref' or |
| 3489 | 'mpq_denref' is recommended instead of these functions. |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | File: gmp.info, Node: I/O of Rationals, Prev: Applying Integer Functions, Up: Rational Number Functions |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 | 6.6 Input and Output Functions |
| 3495 | ============================== |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that |
| 3498 | output to a stdio stream, of 'mpq' numbers. Passing a 'NULL' pointer |
| 3499 | for a STREAM argument to any of these functions will make them read from |
| 3500 | 'stdin' and write to 'stdout', respectively. |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 | When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include |
| 3503 | 'stdio.h' before 'gmp.h', since that will allow 'gmp.h' to define |
| 3504 | prototypes for these functions. |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | See also *note Formatted Output:: and *note Formatted Input::. |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | -- Function: size_t mpq_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, const mpq_t |
| 3509 | OP) |
| 3510 | Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, as a string of digits in base |
| 3511 | BASE. The base argument may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36. |
| 3512 | Output is in the form 'num/den' or if the denominator is 1 then |
| 3513 | just 'num'. |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are |
| 3516 | used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for |
| 3517 | 37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in that |
| 3518 | significance order) are used. |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred, return |
| 3521 | 0. |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | -- Function: size_t mpq_inp_str (mpq_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE) |
| 3524 | Read a string of digits from STREAM and convert them to a rational |
| 3525 | in ROP. Any initial white-space characters are read and discarded. |
| 3526 | Return the number of characters read (including white space), or 0 |
| 3527 | if a rational could not be read. |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | The input can be a fraction like '17/63' or just an integer like |
| 3530 | '123'. Reading stops at the first character not in this form, and |
| 3531 | white space is not permitted within the string. If the input might |
| 3532 | not be in canonical form, then 'mpq_canonicalize' must be called |
| 3533 | (*note Rational Number Functions::). |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | The BASE can be between 2 and 62, or can be 0 in which case the |
| 3536 | leading characters of the string determine the base, '0x' or '0X' |
| 3537 | for hexadecimal, '0b' and '0B' for binary, '0' for octal, or |
| 3538 | decimal otherwise. The leading characters are examined separately |
| 3539 | for the numerator and denominator of a fraction, so for instance |
| 3540 | '0x10/11' is 16/11, whereas '0x10/0x11' is 16/17. |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | File: gmp.info, Node: Floating-point Functions, Next: Low-level Functions, Prev: Rational Number Functions, Up: Top |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | 7 Floating-point Functions |
| 3546 | ************************** |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | GMP floating point numbers are stored in objects of type 'mpf_t' and |
| 3549 | functions operating on them have an 'mpf_' prefix. |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | The mantissa of each float has a user-selectable precision, in |
| 3552 | practice only limited by available memory. Each variable has its own |
| 3553 | precision, and that can be increased or decreased at any time. This |
| 3554 | selectable precision is a minimum value, GMP rounds it up to a whole |
| 3555 | limb. |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | The accuracy of a calculation is determined by the priorly set |
| 3558 | precision of the destination variable and the numeric values of the |
| 3559 | input variables. Input variables' set precisions do not affect |
| 3560 | calculations (except indirectly as their values might have been affected |
| 3561 | when they were assigned). |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | The exponent of each float has fixed precision, one machine word on |
| 3564 | most systems. In the current implementation the exponent is a count of |
| 3565 | limbs, so for example on a 32-bit system this means a range of roughly |
| 3566 | 2^-68719476768 to 2^68719476736, or on a 64-bit system this will be much |
| 3567 | greater. Note however that 'mpf_get_str' can only return an exponent |
| 3568 | which fits an 'mp_exp_t' and currently 'mpf_set_str' doesn't accept |
| 3569 | exponents bigger than a 'long'. |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 | Each variable keeps track of the mantissa data actually in use. This |
| 3572 | means that if a float is exactly represented in only a few bits then |
| 3573 | only those bits will be used in a calculation, even if the variable's |
| 3574 | selected precision is high. This is a performance optimization; it does |
| 3575 | not affect the numeric results. |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | Internally, GMP sometimes calculates with higher precision than that |
| 3578 | of the destination variable in order to limit errors. Final results are |
| 3579 | always truncated to the destination variable's precision. |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | The mantissa is stored in binary. One consequence of this is that |
| 3582 | decimal fractions like 0.1 cannot be represented exactly. The same is |
| 3583 | true of plain IEEE 'double' floats. This makes both highly unsuitable |
| 3584 | for calculations involving money or other values that should be exact |
| 3585 | decimal fractions. (Suitably scaled integers, or perhaps rationals, are |
| 3586 | better choices.) |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | The 'mpf' functions and variables have no special notion of infinity |
| 3589 | or not-a-number, and applications must take care not to overflow the |
| 3590 | exponent or results will be unpredictable. |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | Note that the 'mpf' functions are _not_ intended as a smooth |
| 3593 | extension to IEEE P754 arithmetic. In particular results obtained on |
| 3594 | one computer often differ from the results on a computer with a |
| 3595 | different word size. |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | New projects should consider using the GMP extension library MPFR |
| 3598 | (<http://mpfr.org>) instead. MPFR provides well-defined precision and |
| 3599 | accurate rounding, and thereby naturally extends IEEE P754. |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | * Menu: |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | * Initializing Floats:: |
| 3604 | * Assigning Floats:: |
| 3605 | * Simultaneous Float Init & Assign:: |
| 3606 | * Converting Floats:: |
| 3607 | * Float Arithmetic:: |
| 3608 | * Float Comparison:: |
| 3609 | * I/O of Floats:: |
| 3610 | * Miscellaneous Float Functions:: |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | File: gmp.info, Node: Initializing Floats, Next: Assigning Floats, Prev: Floating-point Functions, Up: Floating-point Functions |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | 7.1 Initialization Functions |
| 3616 | ============================ |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | -- Function: void mpf_set_default_prec (mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 3619 | Set the default precision to be *at least* PREC bits. All |
| 3620 | subsequent calls to 'mpf_init' will use this precision, but |
| 3621 | previously initialized variables are unaffected. |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpf_get_default_prec (void) |
| 3624 | Return the default precision actually used. |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | An 'mpf_t' object must be initialized before storing the first value |
| 3627 | in it. The functions 'mpf_init' and 'mpf_init2' are used for that |
| 3628 | purpose. |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | -- Function: void mpf_init (mpf_t X) |
| 3631 | Initialize X to 0. Normally, a variable should be initialized once |
| 3632 | only or at least be cleared, using 'mpf_clear', between |
| 3633 | initializations. The precision of X is undefined unless a default |
| 3634 | precision has already been established by a call to |
| 3635 | 'mpf_set_default_prec'. |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | -- Function: void mpf_init2 (mpf_t X, mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 3638 | Initialize X to 0 and set its precision to be *at least* PREC bits. |
| 3639 | Normally, a variable should be initialized once only or at least be |
| 3640 | cleared, using 'mpf_clear', between initializations. |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | -- Function: void mpf_inits (mpf_t X, ...) |
| 3643 | Initialize a NULL-terminated list of 'mpf_t' variables, and set |
| 3644 | their values to 0. The precision of the initialized variables is |
| 3645 | undefined unless a default precision has already been established |
| 3646 | by a call to 'mpf_set_default_prec'. |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | -- Function: void mpf_clear (mpf_t X) |
| 3649 | Free the space occupied by X. Make sure to call this function for |
| 3650 | all 'mpf_t' variables when you are done with them. |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | -- Function: void mpf_clears (mpf_t X, ...) |
| 3653 | Free the space occupied by a NULL-terminated list of 'mpf_t' |
| 3654 | variables. |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | Here is an example on how to initialize floating-point variables: |
| 3657 | { |
| 3658 | mpf_t x, y; |
| 3659 | mpf_init (x); /* use default precision */ |
| 3660 | mpf_init2 (y, 256); /* precision _at least_ 256 bits */ |
| 3661 | ... |
| 3662 | /* Unless the program is about to exit, do ... */ |
| 3663 | mpf_clear (x); |
| 3664 | mpf_clear (y); |
| 3665 | } |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 | The following three functions are useful for changing the precision |
| 3668 | during a calculation. A typical use would be for adjusting the |
| 3669 | precision gradually in iterative algorithms like Newton-Raphson, making |
| 3670 | the computation precision closely match the actual accurate part of the |
| 3671 | numbers. |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpf_get_prec (const mpf_t OP) |
| 3674 | Return the current precision of OP, in bits. |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | -- Function: void mpf_set_prec (mpf_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 3677 | Set the precision of ROP to be *at least* PREC bits. The value in |
| 3678 | ROP will be truncated to the new precision. |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | This function requires a call to 'realloc', and so should not be |
| 3681 | used in a tight loop. |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | -- Function: void mpf_set_prec_raw (mpf_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 3684 | Set the precision of ROP to be *at least* PREC bits, without |
| 3685 | changing the memory allocated. |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | PREC must be no more than the allocated precision for ROP, that |
| 3688 | being the precision when ROP was initialized, or in the most recent |
| 3689 | 'mpf_set_prec'. |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | The value in ROP is unchanged, and in particular if it had a higher |
| 3692 | precision than PREC it will retain that higher precision. New |
| 3693 | values written to ROP will use the new PREC. |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | Before calling 'mpf_clear' or the full 'mpf_set_prec', another |
| 3696 | 'mpf_set_prec_raw' call must be made to restore ROP to its original |
| 3697 | allocated precision. Failing to do so will have unpredictable |
| 3698 | results. |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | 'mpf_get_prec' can be used before 'mpf_set_prec_raw' to get the |
| 3701 | original allocated precision. After 'mpf_set_prec_raw' it reflects |
| 3702 | the PREC value set. |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 | 'mpf_set_prec_raw' is an efficient way to use an 'mpf_t' variable |
| 3705 | at different precisions during a calculation, perhaps to gradually |
| 3706 | increase precision in an iteration, or just to use various |
| 3707 | different precisions for different purposes during a calculation. |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | File: gmp.info, Node: Assigning Floats, Next: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign, Prev: Initializing Floats, Up: Floating-point Functions |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | 7.2 Assignment Functions |
| 3713 | ======================== |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | These functions assign new values to already initialized floats (*note |
| 3716 | Initializing Floats::). |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | -- Function: void mpf_set (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 3719 | -- Function: void mpf_set_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP) |
| 3720 | -- Function: void mpf_set_si (mpf_t ROP, signed long int OP) |
| 3721 | -- Function: void mpf_set_d (mpf_t ROP, double OP) |
| 3722 | -- Function: void mpf_set_z (mpf_t ROP, const mpz_t OP) |
| 3723 | -- Function: void mpf_set_q (mpf_t ROP, const mpq_t OP) |
| 3724 | Set the value of ROP from OP. |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | -- Function: int mpf_set_str (mpf_t ROP, const char *STR, int BASE) |
| 3727 | Set the value of ROP from the string in STR. The string is of the |
| 3728 | form 'M@N' or, if the base is 10 or less, alternatively 'MeN'. 'M' |
| 3729 | is the mantissa and 'N' is the exponent. The mantissa is always in |
| 3730 | the specified base. The exponent is either in the specified base |
| 3731 | or, if BASE is negative, in decimal. The decimal point expected is |
| 3732 | taken from the current locale, on systems providing 'localeconv'. |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | The argument BASE may be in the ranges 2 to 62, or -62 to -2. |
| 3735 | Negative values are used to specify that the exponent is in |
| 3736 | decimal. |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case |
| 3739 | letters have the same value; for bases 37 to 62, upper-case letter |
| 3740 | represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter represent |
| 3741 | 36..61. |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 | Unlike the corresponding 'mpz' function, the base will not be |
| 3744 | determined from the leading characters of the string if BASE is 0. |
| 3745 | This is so that numbers like '0.23' are not interpreted as octal. |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | White space is allowed in the string, and is simply ignored. [This |
| 3748 | is not really true; white-space is ignored in the beginning of the |
| 3749 | string and within the mantissa, but not in other places, such as |
| 3750 | after a minus sign or in the exponent. We are considering changing |
| 3751 | the definition of this function, making it fail when there is any |
| 3752 | white-space in the input, since that makes a lot of sense. Please |
| 3753 | tell us your opinion about this change. Do you really want it to |
| 3754 | accept "3 14" as meaning 314 as it does now?] |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | This function returns 0 if the entire string is a valid number in |
| 3757 | base BASE. Otherwise it returns -1. |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | -- Function: void mpf_swap (mpf_t ROP1, mpf_t ROP2) |
| 3760 | Swap ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently. Both the values and the precisions |
| 3761 | of the two variables are swapped. |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | File: gmp.info, Node: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign, Next: Converting Floats, Prev: Assigning Floats, Up: Floating-point Functions |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | 7.3 Combined Initialization and Assignment Functions |
| 3767 | ==================================================== |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 | For convenience, GMP provides a parallel series of initialize-and-set |
| 3770 | functions which initialize the output and then store the value there. |
| 3771 | These functions' names have the form 'mpf_init_set...' |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 | Once the float has been initialized by any of the 'mpf_init_set...' |
| 3774 | functions, it can be used as the source or destination operand for the |
| 3775 | ordinary float functions. Don't use an initialize-and-set function on a |
| 3776 | variable already initialized! |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | -- Function: void mpf_init_set (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 3779 | -- Function: void mpf_init_set_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP) |
| 3780 | -- Function: void mpf_init_set_si (mpf_t ROP, signed long int OP) |
| 3781 | -- Function: void mpf_init_set_d (mpf_t ROP, double OP) |
| 3782 | Initialize ROP and set its value from OP. |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | The precision of ROP will be taken from the active default |
| 3785 | precision, as set by 'mpf_set_default_prec'. |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | -- Function: int mpf_init_set_str (mpf_t ROP, const char *STR, int |
| 3788 | BASE) |
| 3789 | Initialize ROP and set its value from the string in STR. See |
| 3790 | 'mpf_set_str' above for details on the assignment operation. |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | Note that ROP is initialized even if an error occurs. (I.e., you |
| 3793 | have to call 'mpf_clear' for it.) |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | The precision of ROP will be taken from the active default |
| 3796 | precision, as set by 'mpf_set_default_prec'. |
| 3797 | |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | File: gmp.info, Node: Converting Floats, Next: Float Arithmetic, Prev: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign, Up: Floating-point Functions |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 | 7.4 Conversion Functions |
| 3802 | ======================== |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 | -- Function: double mpf_get_d (const mpf_t OP) |
| 3805 | Convert OP to a 'double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding |
| 3806 | towards zero). |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | If the exponent in OP is too big or too small to fit a 'double' |
| 3809 | then the result is system dependent. For too big an infinity is |
| 3810 | returned when available. For too small 0.0 is normally returned. |
| 3811 | Hardware overflow, underflow and denorm traps may or may not occur. |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | -- Function: double mpf_get_d_2exp (signed long int *EXP, const mpf_t |
| 3814 | OP) |
| 3815 | Convert OP to a 'double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding |
| 3816 | towards zero), and with an exponent returned separately. |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | The return value is in the range 0.5<=abs(D)<1 and the exponent is |
| 3819 | stored to '*EXP'. D * 2^EXP is the (truncated) OP value. If OP is |
| 3820 | zero, the return is 0.0 and 0 is stored to '*EXP'. |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | This is similar to the standard C 'frexp' function (*note |
| 3823 | (libc)Normalization Functions::). |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | -- Function: long mpf_get_si (const mpf_t OP) |
| 3826 | -- Function: unsigned long mpf_get_ui (const mpf_t OP) |
| 3827 | Convert OP to a 'long' or 'unsigned long', truncating any fraction |
| 3828 | part. If OP is too big for the return type, the result is |
| 3829 | undefined. |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | See also 'mpf_fits_slong_p' and 'mpf_fits_ulong_p' (*note |
| 3832 | Miscellaneous Float Functions::). |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | -- Function: char * mpf_get_str (char *STR, mp_exp_t *EXPPTR, int BASE, |
| 3835 | size_t N_DIGITS, const mpf_t OP) |
| 3836 | Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE. The base argument |
| 3837 | may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36. Up to N_DIGITS digits |
| 3838 | will be generated. Trailing zeros are not returned. No more |
| 3839 | digits than can be accurately represented by OP are ever generated. |
| 3840 | If N_DIGITS is 0 then that accurate maximum number of digits are |
| 3841 | generated. |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are |
| 3844 | used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for |
| 3845 | 37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in that |
| 3846 | significance order) are used. |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | If STR is 'NULL', the result string is allocated using the current |
| 3849 | allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::). The block will be |
| 3850 | 'strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and |
| 3851 | null-terminator. |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | If STR is not 'NULL', it should point to a block of N_DIGITS + 2 |
| 3854 | bytes, that being enough for the mantissa, a possible minus sign, |
| 3855 | and a null-terminator. When N_DIGITS is 0 to get all significant |
| 3856 | digits, an application won't be able to know the space required, |
| 3857 | and STR should be 'NULL' in that case. |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | The generated string is a fraction, with an implicit radix point |
| 3860 | immediately to the left of the first digit. The applicable |
| 3861 | exponent is written through the EXPPTR pointer. For example, the |
| 3862 | number 3.1416 would be returned as string "31416" and exponent 1. |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | When OP is zero, an empty string is produced and the exponent |
| 3865 | returned is 0. |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 | A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the |
| 3868 | allocated block or the given STR. |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | File: gmp.info, Node: Float Arithmetic, Next: Float Comparison, Prev: Converting Floats, Up: Floating-point Functions |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | 7.5 Arithmetic Functions |
| 3874 | ======================== |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | -- Function: void mpf_add (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, const mpf_t OP2) |
| 3877 | -- Function: void mpf_add_ui (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 3878 | int OP2) |
| 3879 | Set ROP to OP1 + OP2. |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | -- Function: void mpf_sub (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, const mpf_t OP2) |
| 3882 | -- Function: void mpf_ui_sub (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, const |
| 3883 | mpf_t OP2) |
| 3884 | -- Function: void mpf_sub_ui (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 3885 | int OP2) |
| 3886 | Set ROP to OP1 - OP2. |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | -- Function: void mpf_mul (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, const mpf_t OP2) |
| 3889 | -- Function: void mpf_mul_ui (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 3890 | int OP2) |
| 3891 | Set ROP to OP1 times OP2. |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 | Division is undefined if the divisor is zero, and passing a zero |
| 3894 | divisor to the divide functions will make these functions intentionally |
| 3895 | divide by zero. This lets the user handle arithmetic exceptions in |
| 3896 | these functions in the same manner as other arithmetic exceptions. |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | -- Function: void mpf_div (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, const mpf_t OP2) |
| 3899 | -- Function: void mpf_ui_div (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, const |
| 3900 | mpf_t OP2) |
| 3901 | -- Function: void mpf_div_ui (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 3902 | int OP2) |
| 3903 | Set ROP to OP1/OP2. |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | -- Function: void mpf_sqrt (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 3906 | -- Function: void mpf_sqrt_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP) |
| 3907 | Set ROP to the square root of OP. |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 | -- Function: void mpf_pow_ui (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, unsigned long |
| 3910 | int OP2) |
| 3911 | Set ROP to OP1 raised to the power OP2. |
| 3912 | |
| 3913 | -- Function: void mpf_neg (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 3914 | Set ROP to -OP. |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | -- Function: void mpf_abs (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 3917 | Set ROP to the absolute value of OP. |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 | -- Function: void mpf_mul_2exp (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 3920 | OP2) |
| 3921 | Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2. |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 | -- Function: void mpf_div_2exp (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 3924 | OP2) |
| 3925 | Set ROP to OP1 divided by 2 raised to OP2. |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | File: gmp.info, Node: Float Comparison, Next: I/O of Floats, Prev: Float Arithmetic, Up: Floating-point Functions |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | 7.6 Comparison Functions |
| 3931 | ======================== |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | -- Function: int mpf_cmp (const mpf_t OP1, const mpf_t OP2) |
| 3934 | -- Function: int mpf_cmp_z (const mpf_t OP1, const mpz_t OP2) |
| 3935 | -- Function: int mpf_cmp_d (const mpf_t OP1, double OP2) |
| 3936 | -- Function: int mpf_cmp_ui (const mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2) |
| 3937 | -- Function: int mpf_cmp_si (const mpf_t OP1, signed long int OP2) |
| 3938 | Compare OP1 and OP2. Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero if |
| 3939 | OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2. |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | 'mpf_cmp_d' can be called with an infinity, but results are |
| 3942 | undefined for a NaN. |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | -- Function: int mpf_eq (const mpf_t OP1, const mpf_t OP2, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 3945 | op3) |
| 3946 | *This function is mathematically ill-defined and should not be |
| 3947 | used.* |
| 3948 | |
| 3949 | Return non-zero if the first OP3 bits of OP1 and OP2 are equal, |
| 3950 | zero otherwise. Note that numbers like e.g., 256 (binary |
| 3951 | 100000000) and 255 (binary 11111111) will never be equal by this |
| 3952 | function's measure, and furthermore that 0 will only be equal to |
| 3953 | itself. |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 | -- Function: void mpf_reldiff (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP1, const mpf_t |
| 3956 | OP2) |
| 3957 | Compute the relative difference between OP1 and OP2 and store the |
| 3958 | result in ROP. This is abs(OP1-OP2)/OP1. |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | -- Macro: int mpf_sgn (const mpf_t OP) |
| 3961 | Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0. |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | This function is actually implemented as a macro. It evaluates its |
| 3964 | argument multiple times. |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | |
| 3967 | File: gmp.info, Node: I/O of Floats, Next: Miscellaneous Float Functions, Prev: Float Comparison, Up: Floating-point Functions |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 | 7.7 Input and Output Functions |
| 3970 | ============================== |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that |
| 3973 | output to a stdio stream, of 'mpf' numbers. Passing a 'NULL' pointer |
| 3974 | for a STREAM argument to any of these functions will make them read from |
| 3975 | 'stdin' and write to 'stdout', respectively. |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 | When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include |
| 3978 | 'stdio.h' before 'gmp.h', since that will allow 'gmp.h' to define |
| 3979 | prototypes for these functions. |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 | See also *note Formatted Output:: and *note Formatted Input::. |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 | -- Function: size_t mpf_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, size_t |
| 3984 | N_DIGITS, const mpf_t OP) |
| 3985 | Print OP to STREAM, as a string of digits. Return the number of |
| 3986 | bytes written, or if an error occurred, return 0. |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | The mantissa is prefixed with an '0.' and is in the given BASE, |
| 3989 | which may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36. An exponent is then |
| 3990 | printed, separated by an 'e', or if the base is greater than 10 |
| 3991 | then by an '@'. The exponent is always in decimal. The decimal |
| 3992 | point follows the current locale, on systems providing |
| 3993 | 'localeconv'. |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are |
| 3996 | used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for |
| 3997 | 37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in that |
| 3998 | significance order) are used. |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | Up to N_DIGITS will be printed from the mantissa, except that no |
| 4001 | more digits than are accurately representable by OP will be |
| 4002 | printed. N_DIGITS can be 0 to select that accurate maximum. |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 | -- Function: size_t mpf_inp_str (mpf_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE) |
| 4005 | Read a string in base BASE from STREAM, and put the read float in |
| 4006 | ROP. The string is of the form 'M@N' or, if the base is 10 or |
| 4007 | less, alternatively 'MeN'. 'M' is the mantissa and 'N' is the |
| 4008 | exponent. The mantissa is always in the specified base. The |
| 4009 | exponent is either in the specified base or, if BASE is negative, |
| 4010 | in decimal. The decimal point expected is taken from the current |
| 4011 | locale, on systems providing 'localeconv'. |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | The argument BASE may be in the ranges 2 to 36, or -36 to -2. |
| 4014 | Negative values are used to specify that the exponent is in |
| 4015 | decimal. |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | Unlike the corresponding 'mpz' function, the base will not be |
| 4018 | determined from the leading characters of the string if BASE is 0. |
| 4019 | This is so that numbers like '0.23' are not interpreted as octal. |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 | Return the number of bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0. |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 | File: gmp.info, Node: Miscellaneous Float Functions, Prev: I/O of Floats, Up: Floating-point Functions |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | 7.8 Miscellaneous Functions |
| 4027 | =========================== |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | -- Function: void mpf_ceil (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 4030 | -- Function: void mpf_floor (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 4031 | -- Function: void mpf_trunc (mpf_t ROP, const mpf_t OP) |
| 4032 | Set ROP to OP rounded to an integer. 'mpf_ceil' rounds to the next |
| 4033 | higher integer, 'mpf_floor' to the next lower, and 'mpf_trunc' to |
| 4034 | the integer towards zero. |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 | -- Function: int mpf_integer_p (const mpf_t OP) |
| 4037 | Return non-zero if OP is an integer. |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | -- Function: int mpf_fits_ulong_p (const mpf_t OP) |
| 4040 | -- Function: int mpf_fits_slong_p (const mpf_t OP) |
| 4041 | -- Function: int mpf_fits_uint_p (const mpf_t OP) |
| 4042 | -- Function: int mpf_fits_sint_p (const mpf_t OP) |
| 4043 | -- Function: int mpf_fits_ushort_p (const mpf_t OP) |
| 4044 | -- Function: int mpf_fits_sshort_p (const mpf_t OP) |
| 4045 | Return non-zero if OP would fit in the respective C data type, when |
| 4046 | truncated to an integer. |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | -- Function: void mpf_urandomb (mpf_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE, |
| 4049 | mp_bitcnt_t NBITS) |
| 4050 | Generate a uniformly distributed random float in ROP, such that 0 |
| 4051 | <= ROP < 1, with NBITS significant bits in the mantissa or less if |
| 4052 | the precision of ROP is smaller. |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the |
| 4055 | 'gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::) |
| 4056 | before invoking this function. |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | -- Function: void mpf_random2 (mpf_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE, mp_exp_t |
| 4059 | EXP) |
| 4060 | Generate a random float of at most MAX_SIZE limbs, with long |
| 4061 | strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation. The |
| 4062 | exponent of the number is in the interval -EXP to EXP (in limbs). |
| 4063 | This function is useful for testing functions and algorithms, since |
| 4064 | these kind of random numbers have proven to be more likely to |
| 4065 | trigger corner-case bugs. Negative random numbers are generated |
| 4066 | when MAX_SIZE is negative. |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | File: gmp.info, Node: Low-level Functions, Next: Random Number Functions, Prev: Floating-point Functions, Up: Top |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 | 8 Low-level Functions |
| 4072 | ********************* |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | This chapter describes low-level GMP functions, used to implement the |
| 4075 | high-level GMP functions, but also intended for time-critical user code. |
| 4076 | |
| 4077 | These functions start with the prefix 'mpn_'. |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | The 'mpn' functions are designed to be as fast as possible, *not* to |
| 4080 | provide a coherent calling interface. The different functions have |
| 4081 | somewhat similar interfaces, but there are variations that make them |
| 4082 | hard to use. These functions do as little as possible apart from the |
| 4083 | real multiple precision computation, so that no time is spent on things |
| 4084 | that not all callers need. |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 | A source operand is specified by a pointer to the least significant |
| 4087 | limb and a limb count. A destination operand is specified by just a |
| 4088 | pointer. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the |
| 4089 | destination has enough space for storing the result. |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | With this way of specifying operands, it is possible to perform |
| 4092 | computations on subranges of an argument, and store the result into a |
| 4093 | subrange of a destination. |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | A common requirement for all functions is that each source area needs |
| 4096 | at least one limb. No size argument may be zero. Unless otherwise |
| 4097 | stated, in-place operations are allowed where source and destination are |
| 4098 | the same, but not where they only partly overlap. |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | The 'mpn' functions are the base for the implementation of the |
| 4101 | 'mpz_', 'mpf_', and 'mpq_' functions. |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | This example adds the number beginning at S1P and the number |
| 4104 | beginning at S2P and writes the sum at DESTP. All areas have N limbs. |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | cy = mpn_add_n (destp, s1p, s2p, n) |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | It should be noted that the 'mpn' functions make no attempt to |
| 4109 | identify high or low zero limbs on their operands, or other special |
| 4110 | forms. On random data such cases will be unlikely and it'd be wasteful |
| 4111 | for every function to check every time. An application knowing |
| 4112 | something about its data can take steps to trim or perhaps split its |
| 4113 | calculations. |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | In the notation used below, a source operand is identified by the |
| 4117 | pointer to the least significant limb, and the limb count in braces. |
| 4118 | For example, {S1P, S1N}. |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4121 | const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4122 | Add {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write the N least significant limbs |
| 4123 | of the result to RP. Return carry, either 0 or 1. |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | This is the lowest-level function for addition. It is the |
| 4126 | preferred function for addition, since it is written in assembly |
| 4127 | for most CPUs. For addition of a variable to itself (i.e., S1P |
| 4128 | equals S2P) use 'mpn_lshift' with a count of 1 for optimal speed. |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4131 | mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB) |
| 4132 | Add {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and write the N least significant limbs of |
| 4133 | the result to RP. Return carry, either 0 or 1. |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4136 | mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N) |
| 4137 | Add {S1P, S1N} and {S2P, S2N}, and write the S1N least significant |
| 4138 | limbs of the result to RP. Return carry, either 0 or 1. |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N. |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4143 | const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4144 | Subtract {S2P, N} from {S1P, N}, and write the N least significant |
| 4145 | limbs of the result to RP. Return borrow, either 0 or 1. |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 | This is the lowest-level function for subtraction. It is the |
| 4148 | preferred function for subtraction, since it is written in assembly |
| 4149 | for most CPUs. |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4152 | mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB) |
| 4153 | Subtract S2LIMB from {S1P, N}, and write the N least significant |
| 4154 | limbs of the result to RP. Return borrow, either 0 or 1. |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4157 | mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N) |
| 4158 | Subtract {S2P, S2N} from {S1P, S1N}, and write the S1N least |
| 4159 | significant limbs of the result to RP. Return borrow, either 0 or |
| 4160 | 1. |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 | This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N. |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_neg (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP, |
| 4165 | mp_size_t N) |
| 4166 | Perform the negation of {SP, N}, and write the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4167 | This is equivalent to calling 'mpn_sub_n' with a N-limb zero |
| 4168 | minuend and passing {SP, N} as subtrahend. Return borrow, either 0 |
| 4169 | or 1. |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | -- Function: void mpn_mul_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, const |
| 4172 | mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4173 | Multiply {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write the 2*N-limb result to |
| 4174 | RP. |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | The destination has to have space for 2*N limbs, even if the |
| 4177 | product's most significant limb is zero. No overlap is permitted |
| 4178 | between the destination and either source. |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 | If the two input operands are the same, use 'mpn_sqr'. |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mul (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4183 | mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N) |
| 4184 | Multiply {S1P, S1N} and {S2P, S2N}, and write the (S1N+S2N)-limb |
| 4185 | result to RP. Return the most significant limb of the result. |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | The destination has to have space for S1N + S2N limbs, even if the |
| 4188 | product's most significant limb is zero. No overlap is permitted |
| 4189 | between the destination and either source. |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 | This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N. |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | -- Function: void mpn_sqr (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4194 | mp_size_t N) |
| 4195 | Compute the square of {S1P, N} and write the 2*N-limb result to RP. |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | The destination has to have space for 2N limbs, even if the |
| 4198 | result's most significant limb is zero. No overlap is permitted |
| 4199 | between the destination and the source. |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4202 | mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB) |
| 4203 | Multiply {S1P, N} by S2LIMB, and write the N least significant |
| 4204 | limbs of the product to RP. Return the most significant limb of |
| 4205 | the product. {S1P, N} and {RP, N} are allowed to overlap provided |
| 4206 | RP <= S1P. |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | This is a low-level function that is a building block for general |
| 4209 | multiplication as well as other operations in GMP. It is written |
| 4210 | in assembly for most CPUs. |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | Don't call this function if S2LIMB is a power of 2; use |
| 4213 | 'mpn_lshift' with a count equal to the logarithm of S2LIMB instead, |
| 4214 | for optimal speed. |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_addmul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t |
| 4217 | *S1P, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB) |
| 4218 | Multiply {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and add the N least significant limbs |
| 4219 | of the product to {RP, N} and write the result to RP. Return the |
| 4220 | most significant limb of the product, plus carry-out from the |
| 4221 | addition. {S1P, N} and {RP, N} are allowed to overlap provided RP |
| 4222 | <= S1P. |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | This is a low-level function that is a building block for general |
| 4225 | multiplication as well as other operations in GMP. It is written |
| 4226 | in assembly for most CPUs. |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_submul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t |
| 4229 | *S1P, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB) |
| 4230 | Multiply {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and subtract the N least significant |
| 4231 | limbs of the product from {RP, N} and write the result to RP. |
| 4232 | Return the most significant limb of the product, plus borrow-out |
| 4233 | from the subtraction. {S1P, N} and {RP, N} are allowed to overlap |
| 4234 | provided RP <= S1P. |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | This is a low-level function that is a building block for general |
| 4237 | multiplication and division as well as other operations in GMP. It |
| 4238 | is written in assembly for most CPUs. |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | -- Function: void mpn_tdiv_qr (mp_limb_t *QP, mp_limb_t *RP, mp_size_t |
| 4241 | QXN, const mp_limb_t *NP, mp_size_t NN, const mp_limb_t *DP, |
| 4242 | mp_size_t DN) |
| 4243 | Divide {NP, NN} by {DP, DN} and put the quotient at {QP, NN-DN+1} |
| 4244 | and the remainder at {RP, DN}. The quotient is rounded towards 0. |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 | No overlap is permitted between arguments, except that NP might |
| 4247 | equal RP. The dividend size NN must be greater than or equal to |
| 4248 | divisor size DN. The most significant limb of the divisor must be |
| 4249 | non-zero. The QXN operand must be zero. |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divrem (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t QXN, |
| 4252 | mp_limb_t *RS2P, mp_size_t RS2N, const mp_limb_t *S3P, |
| 4253 | mp_size_t S3N) |
| 4254 | [This function is obsolete. Please call 'mpn_tdiv_qr' instead for |
| 4255 | best performance.] |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | Divide {RS2P, RS2N} by {S3P, S3N}, and write the quotient at R1P, |
| 4258 | with the exception of the most significant limb, which is returned. |
| 4259 | The remainder replaces the dividend at RS2P; it will be S3N limbs |
| 4260 | long (i.e., as many limbs as the divisor). |
| 4261 | |
| 4262 | In addition to an integer quotient, QXN fraction limbs are |
| 4263 | developed, and stored after the integral limbs. For most usages, |
| 4264 | QXN will be zero. |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | It is required that RS2N is greater than or equal to S3N. It is |
| 4267 | required that the most significant bit of the divisor is set. |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | If the quotient is not needed, pass RS2P + S3N as R1P. Aside from |
| 4270 | that special case, no overlap between arguments is permitted. |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | Return the most significant limb of the quotient, either 0 or 1. |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | The area at R1P needs to be RS2N - S3N + QXN limbs large. |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divrem_1 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t QXN, |
| 4277 | mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N, mp_limb_t S3LIMB) |
| 4278 | -- Macro: mp_limb_t mpn_divmod_1 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *S2P, |
| 4279 | mp_size_t S2N, mp_limb_t S3LIMB) |
| 4280 | Divide {S2P, S2N} by S3LIMB, and write the quotient at R1P. Return |
| 4281 | the remainder. |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | The integer quotient is written to {R1P+QXN, S2N} and in addition |
| 4284 | QXN fraction limbs are developed and written to {R1P, QXN}. Either |
| 4285 | or both S2N and QXN can be zero. For most usages, QXN will be |
| 4286 | zero. |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | 'mpn_divmod_1' exists for upward source compatibility and is simply |
| 4289 | a macro calling 'mpn_divrem_1' with a QXN of 0. |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | The areas at R1P and S2P have to be identical or completely |
| 4292 | separate, not partially overlapping. |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divmod (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *RS2P, |
| 4295 | mp_size_t RS2N, const mp_limb_t *S3P, mp_size_t S3N) |
| 4296 | [This function is obsolete. Please call 'mpn_tdiv_qr' instead for |
| 4297 | best performance.] |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | -- Function: void mpn_divexact_1 (mp_limb_t * RP, const mp_limb_t * SP, |
| 4300 | mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t D) |
| 4301 | Divide {SP, N} by D, expecting it to divide exactly, and writing |
| 4302 | the result to {RP, N}. If D doesn't divide exactly, the value |
| 4303 | written to {RP, N} is undefined. The areas at RP and SP have to be |
| 4304 | identical or completely separate, not partially overlapping. |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | -- Macro: mp_limb_t mpn_divexact_by3 (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *SP, |
| 4307 | mp_size_t N) |
| 4308 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divexact_by3c (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *SP, |
| 4309 | mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t CARRY) |
| 4310 | Divide {SP, N} by 3, expecting it to divide exactly, and writing |
| 4311 | the result to {RP, N}. If 3 divides exactly, the return value is |
| 4312 | zero and the result is the quotient. If not, the return value is |
| 4313 | non-zero and the result won't be anything useful. |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | 'mpn_divexact_by3c' takes an initial carry parameter, which can be |
| 4316 | the return value from a previous call, so a large calculation can |
| 4317 | be done piece by piece from low to high. 'mpn_divexact_by3' is |
| 4318 | simply a macro calling 'mpn_divexact_by3c' with a 0 carry |
| 4319 | parameter. |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | These routines use a multiply-by-inverse and will be faster than |
| 4322 | 'mpn_divrem_1' on CPUs with fast multiplication but slow division. |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | The source a, result q, size n, initial carry i, and return value c |
| 4325 | satisfy c*b^n + a-i = 3*q, where b=2^GMP_NUMB_BITS. The return c is |
| 4326 | always 0, 1 or 2, and the initial carry i must also be 0, 1 or 2 |
| 4327 | (these are both borrows really). When c=0 clearly q=(a-i)/3. When |
| 4328 | c!=0, the remainder (a-i) mod 3 is given by 3-c, because b == 1 mod |
| 4329 | 3 (when 'mp_bits_per_limb' is even, which is always so currently). |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mod_1 (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N, |
| 4332 | mp_limb_t S2LIMB) |
| 4333 | Divide {S1P, S1N} by S2LIMB, and return the remainder. S1N can be |
| 4334 | zero. |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_lshift (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP, |
| 4337 | mp_size_t N, unsigned int COUNT) |
| 4338 | Shift {SP, N} left by COUNT bits, and write the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4339 | The bits shifted out at the left are returned in the least |
| 4340 | significant COUNT bits of the return value (the rest of the return |
| 4341 | value is zero). |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | COUNT must be in the range 1 to mp_bits_per_limb-1. The regions |
| 4344 | {SP, N} and {RP, N} may overlap, provided RP >= SP. |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | This function is written in assembly for most CPUs. |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_rshift (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP, |
| 4349 | mp_size_t N, unsigned int COUNT) |
| 4350 | Shift {SP, N} right by COUNT bits, and write the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4351 | The bits shifted out at the right are returned in the most |
| 4352 | significant COUNT bits of the return value (the rest of the return |
| 4353 | value is zero). |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | COUNT must be in the range 1 to mp_bits_per_limb-1. The regions |
| 4356 | {SP, N} and {RP, N} may overlap, provided RP <= SP. |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | This function is written in assembly for most CPUs. |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | -- Function: int mpn_cmp (const mp_limb_t *S1P, const mp_limb_t *S2P, |
| 4361 | mp_size_t N) |
| 4362 | Compare {S1P, N} and {S2P, N} and return a positive value if S1 > |
| 4363 | S2, 0 if they are equal, or a negative value if S1 < S2. |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 | -- Function: int mpn_zero_p (const mp_limb_t *SP, mp_size_t N) |
| 4366 | Test {SP, N} and return 1 if the operand is zero, 0 otherwise. |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_gcd (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *XP, mp_size_t |
| 4369 | XN, mp_limb_t *YP, mp_size_t YN) |
| 4370 | Set {RP, RETVAL} to the greatest common divisor of {XP, XN} and |
| 4371 | {YP, YN}. The result can be up to YN limbs, the return value is |
| 4372 | the actual number produced. Both source operands are destroyed. |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 | It is required that XN >= YN > 0, the most significant limb of {YP, |
| 4375 | YN} must be non-zero, and at least one of the two operands must be |
| 4376 | odd. No overlap is permitted between {XP, XN} and {YP, YN}. |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_gcd_1 (const mp_limb_t *XP, mp_size_t XN, |
| 4379 | mp_limb_t YLIMB) |
| 4380 | Return the greatest common divisor of {XP, XN} and YLIMB. Both |
| 4381 | operands must be non-zero. |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_gcdext (mp_limb_t *GP, mp_limb_t *SP, |
| 4384 | mp_size_t *SN, mp_limb_t *UP, mp_size_t UN, mp_limb_t *VP, |
| 4385 | mp_size_t VN) |
| 4386 | Let U be defined by {UP, UN} and let V be defined by {VP, VN}. |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | Compute the greatest common divisor G of U and V. Compute a |
| 4389 | cofactor S such that G = US + VT. The second cofactor T is not |
| 4390 | computed but can easily be obtained from (G - U*S) / V (the |
| 4391 | division will be exact). It is required that UN >= VN > 0, and the |
| 4392 | most significant limb of {VP, VN} must be non-zero. |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | S satisfies S = 1 or abs(S) < V / (2 G). S = 0 if and only if V |
| 4395 | divides U (i.e., G = V). |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | Store G at GP and let the return value define its limb count. |
| 4398 | Store S at SP and let |*SN| define its limb count. S can be |
| 4399 | negative; when this happens *SN will be negative. The area at GP |
| 4400 | should have room for VN limbs and the area at SP should have room |
| 4401 | for VN+1 limbs. |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | Both source operands are destroyed. |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 | Compatibility notes: GMP 4.3.0 and 4.3.1 defined S less strictly. |
| 4406 | Earlier as well as later GMP releases define S as described here. |
| 4407 | GMP releases before GMP 4.3.0 required additional space for both |
| 4408 | input and output areas. More precisely, the areas {UP, UN+1} and |
| 4409 | {VP, VN+1} were destroyed (i.e. the operands plus an extra limb |
| 4410 | past the end of each), and the areas pointed to by GP and SP should |
| 4411 | each have room for UN+1 limbs. |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sqrtrem (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *R2P, |
| 4414 | const mp_limb_t *SP, mp_size_t N) |
| 4415 | Compute the square root of {SP, N} and put the result at {R1P, |
| 4416 | ceil(N/2)} and the remainder at {R2P, RETVAL}. R2P needs space for |
| 4417 | N limbs, but the return value indicates how many are produced. |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | The most significant limb of {SP, N} must be non-zero. The areas |
| 4420 | {R1P, ceil(N/2)} and {SP, N} must be completely separate. The |
| 4421 | areas {R2P, N} and {SP, N} must be either identical or completely |
| 4422 | separate. |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | If the remainder is not wanted then R2P can be 'NULL', and in this |
| 4425 | case the return value is zero or non-zero according to whether the |
| 4426 | remainder would have been zero or non-zero. |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | A return value of zero indicates a perfect square. See also |
| 4429 | 'mpn_perfect_square_p'. |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | -- Function: size_t mpn_sizeinbase (const mp_limb_t *XP, mp_size_t N, |
| 4432 | int BASE) |
| 4433 | Return the size of {XP,N} measured in number of digits in the given |
| 4434 | BASE. BASE can vary from 2 to 62. Requires N > 0 and XP[N-1] > 0. |
| 4435 | The result will be either exact or 1 too big. If BASE is a power |
| 4436 | of 2, the result is always exact. |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_get_str (unsigned char *STR, int BASE, |
| 4439 | mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N) |
| 4440 | Convert {S1P, S1N} to a raw unsigned char array at STR in base |
| 4441 | BASE, and return the number of characters produced. There may be |
| 4442 | leading zeros in the string. The string is not in ASCII; to |
| 4443 | convert it to printable format, add the ASCII codes for '0' or 'A', |
| 4444 | depending on the base and range. BASE can vary from 2 to 256. |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | The most significant limb of the input {S1P, S1N} must be non-zero. |
| 4447 | The input {S1P, S1N} is clobbered, except when BASE is a power of |
| 4448 | 2, in which case it's unchanged. |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | The area at STR has to have space for the largest possible number |
| 4451 | represented by a S1N long limb array, plus one extra character. |
| 4452 | |
| 4453 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_set_str (mp_limb_t *RP, const unsigned char |
| 4454 | *STR, size_t STRSIZE, int BASE) |
| 4455 | Convert bytes {STR,STRSIZE} in the given BASE to limbs at RP. |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | STR[0] is the most significant input byte and STR[STRSIZE-1] is the |
| 4458 | least significant input byte. Each byte should be a value in the |
| 4459 | range 0 to BASE-1, not an ASCII character. BASE can vary from 2 to |
| 4460 | 256. |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | The converted value is {RP,RN} where RN is the return value. If |
| 4463 | the most significant input byte STR[0] is non-zero, then RP[RN-1] |
| 4464 | will be non-zero, else RP[RN-1] and some number of subsequent limbs |
| 4465 | may be zero. |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 | The area at RP has to have space for the largest possible number |
| 4468 | with STRSIZE digits in the chosen base, plus one extra limb. |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | The input must have at least one byte, and no overlap is permitted |
| 4471 | between {STR,STRSIZE} and the result at RP. |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpn_scan0 (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 4474 | BIT) |
| 4475 | Scan S1P from bit position BIT for the next clear bit. |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 | It is required that there be a clear bit within the area at S1P at |
| 4478 | or beyond bit position BIT, so that the function has something to |
| 4479 | return. |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpn_scan1 (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 4482 | BIT) |
| 4483 | Scan S1P from bit position BIT for the next set bit. |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | It is required that there be a set bit within the area at S1P at or |
| 4486 | beyond bit position BIT, so that the function has something to |
| 4487 | return. |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | -- Function: void mpn_random (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t R1N) |
| 4490 | -- Function: void mpn_random2 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t R1N) |
| 4491 | Generate a random number of length R1N and store it at R1P. The |
| 4492 | most significant limb is always non-zero. 'mpn_random' generates |
| 4493 | uniformly distributed limb data, 'mpn_random2' generates long |
| 4494 | strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation. |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | 'mpn_random2' is intended for testing the correctness of the 'mpn' |
| 4497 | routines. |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpn_popcount (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t |
| 4500 | N) |
| 4501 | Count the number of set bits in {S1P, N}. |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpn_hamdist (const mp_limb_t *S1P, const |
| 4504 | mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4505 | Compute the hamming distance between {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, which |
| 4506 | is the number of bit positions where the two operands have |
| 4507 | different bit values. |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | -- Function: int mpn_perfect_square_p (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t |
| 4510 | N) |
| 4511 | Return non-zero iff {S1P, N} is a perfect square. The most |
| 4512 | significant limb of the input {S1P, N} must be non-zero. |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 | -- Function: void mpn_and_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, const |
| 4515 | mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4516 | Perform the bitwise logical and of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write |
| 4517 | the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | -- Function: void mpn_ior_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, const |
| 4520 | mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4521 | Perform the bitwise logical inclusive or of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, |
| 4522 | and write the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 | -- Function: void mpn_xor_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, const |
| 4525 | mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4526 | Perform the bitwise logical exclusive or of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, |
| 4527 | and write the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | -- Function: void mpn_andn_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4530 | const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4531 | Perform the bitwise logical and of {S1P, N} and the bitwise |
| 4532 | complement of {S2P, N}, and write the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | -- Function: void mpn_iorn_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4535 | const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4536 | Perform the bitwise logical inclusive or of {S1P, N} and the |
| 4537 | bitwise complement of {S2P, N}, and write the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | -- Function: void mpn_nand_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4540 | const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4541 | Perform the bitwise logical and of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write |
| 4542 | the bitwise complement of the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | -- Function: void mpn_nior_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4545 | const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4546 | Perform the bitwise logical inclusive or of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, |
| 4547 | and write the bitwise complement of the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | -- Function: void mpn_xnor_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4550 | const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4551 | Perform the bitwise logical exclusive or of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, |
| 4552 | and write the bitwise complement of the result to {RP, N}. |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | -- Function: void mpn_com (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP, |
| 4555 | mp_size_t N) |
| 4556 | Perform the bitwise complement of {SP, N}, and write the result to |
| 4557 | {RP, N}. |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | -- Function: void mpn_copyi (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4560 | mp_size_t N) |
| 4561 | Copy from {S1P, N} to {RP, N}, increasingly. |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | -- Function: void mpn_copyd (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, |
| 4564 | mp_size_t N) |
| 4565 | Copy from {S1P, N} to {RP, N}, decreasingly. |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 | -- Function: void mpn_zero (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_size_t N) |
| 4568 | Zero {RP, N}. |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | 8.1 Low-level functions for cryptography |
| 4572 | ======================================== |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | The functions prefixed with 'mpn_sec_' and 'mpn_cnd_' are designed to |
| 4575 | perform the exact same low-level operations and have the same cache |
| 4576 | access patterns for any two same-size arguments, assuming that function |
| 4577 | arguments are placed at the same position and that the machine state is |
| 4578 | identical upon function entry. These functions are intended for |
| 4579 | cryptographic purposes, where resilience to side-channel attacks is |
| 4580 | desired. |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 | These functions are less efficient than their "leaky" counterparts; |
| 4583 | their performance for operands of the sizes typically used for |
| 4584 | cryptographic applications is between 15% and 100% worse. For larger |
| 4585 | operands, these functions might be inadequate, since they rely on |
| 4586 | asymptotically elementary algorithms. |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | These functions do not make any explicit allocations. Those of these |
| 4589 | functions that need scratch space accept a scratch space operand. This |
| 4590 | convention allows callers to keep sensitive data in designated memory |
| 4591 | areas. Note however that compilers may choose to spill scalar values |
| 4592 | used within these functions to their stack frame and that such scalars |
| 4593 | may contain sensitive data. |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | In addition to these specially crafted functions, the following 'mpn' |
| 4596 | functions are naturally side-channel resistant: 'mpn_add_n', |
| 4597 | 'mpn_sub_n', 'mpn_lshift', 'mpn_rshift', 'mpn_zero', 'mpn_copyi', |
| 4598 | 'mpn_copyd', 'mpn_com', and the logical function ('mpn_and_n', etc). |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | There are some exceptions from the side-channel resilience: (1) Some |
| 4601 | assembly implementations of 'mpn_lshift' identify shift-by-one as a |
| 4602 | special case. This is a problem iff the shift count is a function of |
| 4603 | sensitive data. (2) Alpha ev6 and Pentium4 using 64-bit limbs have |
| 4604 | leaky 'mpn_add_n' and 'mpn_sub_n'. (3) Alpha ev6 has a leaky |
| 4605 | 'mpn_mul_1' which also makes 'mpn_sec_mul' on those systems unsafe. |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_cnd_add_n (mp_limb_t CND, mp_limb_t *RP, |
| 4608 | const mp_limb_t *S1P, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4609 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_cnd_sub_n (mp_limb_t CND, mp_limb_t *RP, |
| 4610 | const mp_limb_t *S1P, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N) |
| 4611 | These functions do conditional addition and subtraction. If CND is |
| 4612 | non-zero, they produce the same result as a regular 'mpn_add_n' or |
| 4613 | 'mpn_sub_n', and if CND is zero, they copy {S1P,N} to the result |
| 4614 | area and return zero. The functions are designed to have timing |
| 4615 | and memory access patterns depending only on size and location of |
| 4616 | the data areas, but independent of the condition CND. Like for |
| 4617 | 'mpn_add_n' and 'mpn_sub_n', on most machines, the timing will also |
| 4618 | be independent of the actual limb values. |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sec_add_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t |
| 4621 | *AP, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t B, mp_limb_t *TP) |
| 4622 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sec_sub_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t |
| 4623 | *AP, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t B, mp_limb_t *TP) |
| 4624 | Set R to A + B or A - B, respectively, where R = {RP,N}, A = |
| 4625 | {AP,N}, and B is a single limb. Returns carry. |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | These functions take O(N) time, unlike the leaky functions |
| 4628 | 'mpn_add_1' which are O(1) on average. They require scratch space |
| 4629 | of 'mpn_sec_add_1_itch(N)' and 'mpn_sec_sub_1_itch(N)' limbs, |
| 4630 | respectively, to be passed in the TP parameter. The scratch space |
| 4631 | requirements are guaranteed to be at most N limbs, and increase |
| 4632 | monotonously in the operand size. |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 | -- Function: void mpn_cnd_swap (mp_limb_t CND, volatile mp_limb_t *AP, |
| 4635 | volatile mp_limb_t *BP, mp_size_t N) |
| 4636 | If CND is non-zero, swaps the contents of the areas {AP,N} and |
| 4637 | {BP,N}. Otherwise, the areas are left unmodified. Implemented |
| 4638 | using logical operations on the limbs, with the same memory |
| 4639 | accesses independent of the value of CND. |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 | -- Function: void mpn_sec_mul (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *AP, |
| 4642 | mp_size_t AN, const mp_limb_t *BP, mp_size_t BN, mp_limb_t |
| 4643 | *TP) |
| 4644 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sec_mul_itch (mp_size_t AN, mp_size_t BN) |
| 4645 | Set R to A * B, where A = {AP,AN}, B = {BP,BN}, and R = {RP,AN+BN}. |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | It is required that AN >= BN > 0. |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | No overlapping between R and the input operands is allowed. For A |
| 4650 | = B, use 'mpn_sec_sqr' for optimal performance. |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | This function requires scratch space of 'mpn_sec_mul_itch(AN, BN)' |
| 4653 | limbs to be passed in the TP parameter. The scratch space |
| 4654 | requirements are guaranteed to increase monotonously in the operand |
| 4655 | sizes. |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | -- Function: void mpn_sec_sqr (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *AP, |
| 4658 | mp_size_t AN, mp_limb_t *TP) |
| 4659 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sec_sqr_itch (mp_size_t AN) |
| 4660 | Set R to A^2, where A = {AP,AN}, and R = {RP,2AN}. |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 | It is required that AN > 0. |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 | No overlapping between R and the input operands is allowed. |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 | This function requires scratch space of 'mpn_sec_sqr_itch(AN)' |
| 4667 | limbs to be passed in the TP parameter. The scratch space |
| 4668 | requirements are guaranteed to increase monotonously in the operand |
| 4669 | size. |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | -- Function: void mpn_sec_powm (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *BP, |
| 4672 | mp_size_t BN, const mp_limb_t *EP, mp_bitcnt_t ENB, const |
| 4673 | mp_limb_t *MP, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t *TP) |
| 4674 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sec_powm_itch (mp_size_t BN, mp_bitcnt_t |
| 4675 | ENB, size_t N) |
| 4676 | Set R to (B raised to E) modulo M, where R = {RP,N}, M = {MP,N}, |
| 4677 | and E = {EP,ceil(ENB / 'GMP\_NUMB\_BITS')}. |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 | It is required that B > 0, that M > 0 is odd, and that E < 2^ENB, |
| 4680 | with ENB > 0. |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 | No overlapping between R and the input operands is allowed. |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 | This function requires scratch space of 'mpn_sec_powm_itch(BN, ENB, |
| 4685 | N)' limbs to be passed in the TP parameter. The scratch space |
| 4686 | requirements are guaranteed to increase monotonously in the operand |
| 4687 | sizes. |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | -- Function: void mpn_sec_tabselect (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t |
| 4690 | *TAB, mp_size_t N, mp_size_t NENTS, mp_size_t WHICH) |
| 4691 | Select entry WHICH from table TAB, which has NENTS entries, each N |
| 4692 | limbs. Store the selected entry at RP. |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 | This function reads the entire table to avoid side-channel |
| 4695 | information leaks. |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sec_div_qr (mp_limb_t *QP, mp_limb_t *NP, |
| 4698 | mp_size_t NN, const mp_limb_t *DP, mp_size_t DN, mp_limb_t |
| 4699 | *TP) |
| 4700 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sec_div_qr_itch (mp_size_t NN, mp_size_t DN) |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | Set Q to the truncated quotient N / D and R to N modulo D, where N |
| 4703 | = {NP,NN}, D = {DP,DN}, Q's most significant limb is the function |
| 4704 | return value and the remaining limbs are {QP,NN-DN}, and R = |
| 4705 | {NP,DN}. |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 | It is required that NN >= DN >= 1, and that DP[DN-1] != 0. This |
| 4708 | does not imply that N >= D since N might be zero-padded. |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | Note the overlapping between N and R. No other operand overlapping |
| 4711 | is allowed. The entire space occupied by N is overwritten. |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | This function requires scratch space of 'mpn_sec_div_qr_itch(NN, |
| 4714 | DN)' limbs to be passed in the TP parameter. |
| 4715 | |
| 4716 | -- Function: void mpn_sec_div_r (mp_limb_t *NP, mp_size_t NN, const |
| 4717 | mp_limb_t *DP, mp_size_t DN, mp_limb_t *TP) |
| 4718 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sec_div_r_itch (mp_size_t NN, mp_size_t DN) |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 | Set R to N modulo D, where N = {NP,NN}, D = {DP,DN}, and R = |
| 4721 | {NP,DN}. |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | It is required that NN >= DN >= 1, and that DP[DN-1] != 0. This |
| 4724 | does not imply that N >= D since N might be zero-padded. |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | Note the overlapping between N and R. No other operand overlapping |
| 4727 | is allowed. The entire space occupied by N is overwritten. |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | This function requires scratch space of 'mpn_sec_div_r_itch(NN, |
| 4730 | DN)' limbs to be passed in the TP parameter. |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 | -- Function: int mpn_sec_invert (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *AP, const |
| 4733 | mp_limb_t *MP, mp_size_t N, mp_bitcnt_t NBCNT, mp_limb_t *TP) |
| 4734 | -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sec_invert_itch (mp_size_t N) |
| 4735 | Set R to the inverse of A modulo M, where R = {RP,N}, A = {AP,N}, |
| 4736 | and M = {MP,N}. *This function's interface is preliminary.* |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | If an inverse exists, return 1, otherwise return 0 and leave R |
| 4739 | undefined. In either case, the input A is destroyed. |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 | It is required that M is odd, and that NBCNT >= ceil(\log(A+1)) + |
| 4742 | ceil(\log(M+1)). A safe choice is NBCNT = 2 * N * GMP_NUMB_BITS, |
| 4743 | but a smaller value might improve performance if M or A are known |
| 4744 | to have leading zero bits. |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | This function requires scratch space of 'mpn_sec_invert_itch(N)' |
| 4747 | limbs to be passed in the TP parameter. |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | 8.2 Nails |
| 4751 | ========= |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | *Everything in this section is highly experimental and may disappear or |
| 4754 | be subject to incompatible changes in a future version of GMP.* |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | Nails are an experimental feature whereby a few bits are left unused |
| 4757 | at the top of each 'mp_limb_t'. This can significantly improve carry |
| 4758 | handling on some processors. |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | All the 'mpn' functions accepting limb data will expect the nail bits |
| 4761 | to be zero on entry, and will return data with the nails similarly all |
| 4762 | zero. This applies both to limb vectors and to single limb arguments. |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 | Nails can be enabled by configuring with '--enable-nails'. By |
| 4765 | default the number of bits will be chosen according to what suits the |
| 4766 | host processor, but a particular number can be selected with |
| 4767 | '--enable-nails=N'. |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | At the mpn level, a nail build is neither source nor binary |
| 4770 | compatible with a non-nail build, strictly speaking. But programs |
| 4771 | acting on limbs only through the mpn functions are likely to work |
| 4772 | equally well with either build, and judicious use of the definitions |
| 4773 | below should make any program compatible with either build, at the |
| 4774 | source level. |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 | For the higher level routines, meaning 'mpz' etc, a nail build should |
| 4777 | be fully source and binary compatible with a non-nail build. |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | -- Macro: GMP_NAIL_BITS |
| 4780 | -- Macro: GMP_NUMB_BITS |
| 4781 | -- Macro: GMP_LIMB_BITS |
| 4782 | 'GMP_NAIL_BITS' is the number of nail bits, or 0 when nails are not |
| 4783 | in use. 'GMP_NUMB_BITS' is the number of data bits in a limb. |
| 4784 | 'GMP_LIMB_BITS' is the total number of bits in an 'mp_limb_t'. In |
| 4785 | all cases |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | GMP_LIMB_BITS == GMP_NAIL_BITS + GMP_NUMB_BITS |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 | -- Macro: GMP_NAIL_MASK |
| 4790 | -- Macro: GMP_NUMB_MASK |
| 4791 | Bit masks for the nail and number parts of a limb. 'GMP_NAIL_MASK' |
| 4792 | is 0 when nails are not in use. |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | 'GMP_NAIL_MASK' is not often needed, since the nail part can be |
| 4795 | obtained with 'x >> GMP_NUMB_BITS', and that means one less large |
| 4796 | constant, which can help various RISC chips. |
| 4797 | |
| 4798 | -- Macro: GMP_NUMB_MAX |
| 4799 | The maximum value that can be stored in the number part of a limb. |
| 4800 | This is the same as 'GMP_NUMB_MASK', but can be used for clarity |
| 4801 | when doing comparisons rather than bit-wise operations. |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 | The term "nails" comes from finger or toe nails, which are at the |
| 4804 | ends of a limb (arm or leg). "numb" is short for number, but is also |
| 4805 | how the developers felt after trying for a long time to come up with |
| 4806 | sensible names for these things. |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | In the future (the distant future most likely) a non-zero nail might |
| 4809 | be permitted, giving non-unique representations for numbers in a limb |
| 4810 | vector. This would help vector processors since carries would only ever |
| 4811 | need to propagate one or two limbs. |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 | File: gmp.info, Node: Random Number Functions, Next: Formatted Output, Prev: Low-level Functions, Up: Top |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | 9 Random Number Functions |
| 4817 | ************************* |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 | Sequences of pseudo-random numbers in GMP are generated using a variable |
| 4820 | of type 'gmp_randstate_t', which holds an algorithm selection and a |
| 4821 | current state. Such a variable must be initialized by a call to one of |
| 4822 | the 'gmp_randinit' functions, and can be seeded with one of the |
| 4823 | 'gmp_randseed' functions. |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | The functions actually generating random numbers are described in |
| 4826 | *note Integer Random Numbers::, and *note Miscellaneous Float |
| 4827 | Functions::. |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | The older style random number functions don't accept a |
| 4830 | 'gmp_randstate_t' parameter but instead share a global variable of that |
| 4831 | type. They use a default algorithm and are currently not seeded (though |
| 4832 | perhaps that will change in the future). The new functions accepting a |
| 4833 | 'gmp_randstate_t' are recommended for applications that care about |
| 4834 | randomness. |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | * Menu: |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 | * Random State Initialization:: |
| 4839 | * Random State Seeding:: |
| 4840 | * Random State Miscellaneous:: |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | File: gmp.info, Node: Random State Initialization, Next: Random State Seeding, Prev: Random Number Functions, Up: Random Number Functions |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 | 9.1 Random State Initialization |
| 4846 | =============================== |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | -- Function: void gmp_randinit_default (gmp_randstate_t STATE) |
| 4849 | Initialize STATE with a default algorithm. This will be a |
| 4850 | compromise between speed and randomness, and is recommended for |
| 4851 | applications with no special requirements. Currently this is |
| 4852 | 'gmp_randinit_mt'. |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 | -- Function: void gmp_randinit_mt (gmp_randstate_t STATE) |
| 4855 | Initialize STATE for a Mersenne Twister algorithm. This algorithm |
| 4856 | is fast and has good randomness properties. |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | -- Function: void gmp_randinit_lc_2exp (gmp_randstate_t STATE, const |
| 4859 | mpz_t A, unsigned long C, mp_bitcnt_t M2EXP) |
| 4860 | Initialize STATE with a linear congruential algorithm X = (A*X + C) |
| 4861 | mod 2^M2EXP. |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | The low bits of X in this algorithm are not very random. The least |
| 4864 | significant bit will have a period no more than 2, and the second |
| 4865 | bit no more than 4, etc. For this reason only the high half of |
| 4866 | each X is actually used. |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | When a random number of more than M2EXP/2 bits is to be generated, |
| 4869 | multiple iterations of the recurrence are used and the results |
| 4870 | concatenated. |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | -- Function: int gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size (gmp_randstate_t STATE, |
| 4873 | mp_bitcnt_t SIZE) |
| 4874 | Initialize STATE for a linear congruential algorithm as per |
| 4875 | 'gmp_randinit_lc_2exp'. A, C and M2EXP are selected from a table, |
| 4876 | chosen so that SIZE bits (or more) of each X will be used, i.e. |
| 4877 | M2EXP/2 >= SIZE. |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 | If successful the return value is non-zero. If SIZE is bigger than |
| 4880 | the table data provides then the return value is zero. The maximum |
| 4881 | SIZE currently supported is 128. |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | -- Function: void gmp_randinit_set (gmp_randstate_t ROP, |
| 4884 | gmp_randstate_t OP) |
| 4885 | Initialize ROP with a copy of the algorithm and state from OP. |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 | -- Function: void gmp_randinit (gmp_randstate_t STATE, |
| 4888 | gmp_randalg_t ALG, ...) |
| 4889 | *This function is obsolete.* |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | Initialize STATE with an algorithm selected by ALG. The only |
| 4892 | choice is 'GMP_RAND_ALG_LC', which is 'gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size' |
| 4893 | described above. A third parameter of type 'unsigned long' is |
| 4894 | required, this is the SIZE for that function. |
| 4895 | 'GMP_RAND_ALG_DEFAULT' or 0 are the same as 'GMP_RAND_ALG_LC'. |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | 'gmp_randinit' sets bits in the global variable 'gmp_errno' to |
| 4898 | indicate an error. 'GMP_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_ARGUMENT' if ALG is |
| 4899 | unsupported, or 'GMP_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT' if the SIZE parameter |
| 4900 | is too big. It may be noted this error reporting is not thread |
| 4901 | safe (a good reason to use 'gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size' instead). |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | -- Function: void gmp_randclear (gmp_randstate_t STATE) |
| 4904 | Free all memory occupied by STATE. |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 | File: gmp.info, Node: Random State Seeding, Next: Random State Miscellaneous, Prev: Random State Initialization, Up: Random Number Functions |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | 9.2 Random State Seeding |
| 4910 | ======================== |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | -- Function: void gmp_randseed (gmp_randstate_t STATE, const mpz_t |
| 4913 | SEED) |
| 4914 | -- Function: void gmp_randseed_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE, |
| 4915 | unsigned long int SEED) |
| 4916 | Set an initial seed value into STATE. |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 | The size of a seed determines how many different sequences of |
| 4919 | random numbers that it's possible to generate. The "quality" of |
| 4920 | the seed is the randomness of a given seed compared to the previous |
| 4921 | seed used, and this affects the randomness of separate number |
| 4922 | sequences. The method for choosing a seed is critical if the |
| 4923 | generated numbers are to be used for important applications, such |
| 4924 | as generating cryptographic keys. |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | Traditionally the system time has been used to seed, but care needs |
| 4927 | to be taken with this. If an application seeds often and the |
| 4928 | resolution of the system clock is low, then the same sequence of |
| 4929 | numbers might be repeated. Also, the system time is quite easy to |
| 4930 | guess, so if unpredictability is required then it should definitely |
| 4931 | not be the only source for the seed value. On some systems there's |
| 4932 | a special device '/dev/random' which provides random data better |
| 4933 | suited for use as a seed. |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | File: gmp.info, Node: Random State Miscellaneous, Prev: Random State Seeding, Up: Random Number Functions |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | 9.3 Random State Miscellaneous |
| 4939 | ============================== |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 | -- Function: unsigned long gmp_urandomb_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE, |
| 4942 | unsigned long N) |
| 4943 | Return a uniformly distributed random number of N bits, i.e. in the |
| 4944 | range 0 to 2^N-1 inclusive. N must be less than or equal to the |
| 4945 | number of bits in an 'unsigned long'. |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | -- Function: unsigned long gmp_urandomm_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE, |
| 4948 | unsigned long N) |
| 4949 | Return a uniformly distributed random number in the range 0 to N-1, |
| 4950 | inclusive. |
| 4951 | |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | File: gmp.info, Node: Formatted Output, Next: Formatted Input, Prev: Random Number Functions, Up: Top |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | 10 Formatted Output |
| 4956 | ******************* |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | * Menu: |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | * Formatted Output Strings:: |
| 4961 | * Formatted Output Functions:: |
| 4962 | * C++ Formatted Output:: |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | File: gmp.info, Node: Formatted Output Strings, Next: Formatted Output Functions, Prev: Formatted Output, Up: Formatted Output |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | 10.1 Format Strings |
| 4968 | =================== |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | 'gmp_printf' and friends accept format strings similar to the standard C |
| 4971 | 'printf' (*note Formatted Output: (libc)Formatted Output.). A format |
| 4972 | specification is of the form |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | % [flags] [width] [.[precision]] [type] conv |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | GMP adds types 'Z', 'Q' and 'F' for 'mpz_t', 'mpq_t' and 'mpf_t' |
| 4977 | respectively, 'M' for 'mp_limb_t', and 'N' for an 'mp_limb_t' array. |
| 4978 | 'Z', 'Q', 'M' and 'N' behave like integers. 'Q' will print a '/' and a |
| 4979 | denominator, if needed. 'F' behaves like a float. For example, |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | mpz_t z; |
| 4982 | gmp_printf ("%s is an mpz %Zd\n", "here", z); |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | mpq_t q; |
| 4985 | gmp_printf ("a hex rational: %#40Qx\n", q); |
| 4986 | |
| 4987 | mpf_t f; |
| 4988 | int n; |
| 4989 | gmp_printf ("fixed point mpf %.*Ff with %d digits\n", n, f, n); |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 | mp_limb_t l; |
| 4992 | gmp_printf ("limb %Mu\n", l); |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 | const mp_limb_t *ptr; |
| 4995 | mp_size_t size; |
| 4996 | gmp_printf ("limb array %Nx\n", ptr, size); |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | For 'N' the limbs are expected least significant first, as per the |
| 4999 | 'mpn' functions (*note Low-level Functions::). A negative size can be |
| 5000 | given to print the value as a negative. |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 | All the standard C 'printf' types behave the same as the C library |
| 5003 | 'printf', and can be freely intermixed with the GMP extensions. In the |
| 5004 | current implementation the standard parts of the format string are |
| 5005 | simply handed to 'printf' and only the GMP extensions handled directly. |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 | The flags accepted are as follows. GLIBC style ' is only for the |
| 5008 | standard C types (not the GMP types), and only if the C library supports |
| 5009 | it. |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | 0 pad with zeros (rather than spaces) |
| 5012 | # show the base with '0x', '0X' or '0' |
| 5013 | + always show a sign |
| 5014 | (space) show a space or a '-' sign |
| 5015 | ' group digits, GLIBC style (not GMP |
| 5016 | types) |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 | The optional width and precision can be given as a number within the |
| 5019 | format string, or as a '*' to take an extra parameter of type 'int', the |
| 5020 | same as the standard 'printf'. |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 | The standard types accepted are as follows. 'h' and 'l' are |
| 5023 | portable, the rest will depend on the compiler (or include files) for |
| 5024 | the type and the C library for the output. |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | h short |
| 5027 | hh char |
| 5028 | j intmax_t or uintmax_t |
| 5029 | l long or wchar_t |
| 5030 | ll long long |
| 5031 | L long double |
| 5032 | q quad_t or u_quad_t |
| 5033 | t ptrdiff_t |
| 5034 | z size_t |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 | The GMP types are |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 | F mpf_t, float conversions |
| 5039 | Q mpq_t, integer conversions |
| 5040 | M mp_limb_t, integer conversions |
| 5041 | N mp_limb_t array, integer conversions |
| 5042 | Z mpz_t, integer conversions |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | The conversions accepted are as follows. 'a' and 'A' are always |
| 5045 | supported for 'mpf_t' but depend on the C library for standard C float |
| 5046 | types. 'm' and 'p' depend on the C library. |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | a A hex floats, C99 style |
| 5049 | c character |
| 5050 | d decimal integer |
| 5051 | e E scientific format float |
| 5052 | f fixed point float |
| 5053 | i same as d |
| 5054 | g G fixed or scientific float |
| 5055 | m 'strerror' string, GLIBC style |
| 5056 | n store characters written so far |
| 5057 | o octal integer |
| 5058 | p pointer |
| 5059 | s string |
| 5060 | u unsigned integer |
| 5061 | x X hex integer |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | 'o', 'x' and 'X' are unsigned for the standard C types, but for types |
| 5064 | 'Z', 'Q' and 'N' they are signed. 'u' is not meaningful for 'Z', 'Q' |
| 5065 | and 'N'. |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | 'M' is a proxy for the C library 'l' or 'L', according to the size of |
| 5068 | 'mp_limb_t'. Unsigned conversions will be usual, but a signed |
| 5069 | conversion can be used and will interpret the value as a twos complement |
| 5070 | negative. |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | 'n' can be used with any type, even the GMP types. |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 | Other types or conversions that might be accepted by the C library |
| 5075 | 'printf' cannot be used through 'gmp_printf', this includes for instance |
| 5076 | extensions registered with GLIBC 'register_printf_function'. Also |
| 5077 | currently there's no support for POSIX '$' style numbered arguments |
| 5078 | (perhaps this will be added in the future). |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 | The precision field has its usual meaning for integer 'Z' and float |
| 5081 | 'F' types, but is currently undefined for 'Q' and should not be used |
| 5082 | with that. |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 | 'mpf_t' conversions only ever generate as many digits as can be |
| 5085 | accurately represented by the operand, the same as 'mpf_get_str' does. |
| 5086 | Zeros will be used if necessary to pad to the requested precision. This |
| 5087 | happens even for an 'f' conversion of an 'mpf_t' which is an integer, |
| 5088 | for instance 2^1024 in an 'mpf_t' of 128 bits precision will only |
| 5089 | produce about 40 digits, then pad with zeros to the decimal point. An |
| 5090 | empty precision field like '%.Fe' or '%.Ff' can be used to specifically |
| 5091 | request just the significant digits. Without any dot and thus no |
| 5092 | precision field, a precision value of 6 will be used. Note that these |
| 5093 | rules mean that '%Ff', '%.Ff', and '%.0Ff' will all be different. |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | The decimal point character (or string) is taken from the current |
| 5096 | locale settings on systems which provide 'localeconv' (*note Locales and |
| 5097 | Internationalization: (libc)Locales.). The C library will normally do |
| 5098 | the same for standard float output. |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | The format string is only interpreted as plain 'char's, multibyte |
| 5101 | characters are not recognised. Perhaps this will change in the future. |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 | File: gmp.info, Node: Formatted Output Functions, Next: C++ Formatted Output, Prev: Formatted Output Strings, Up: Formatted Output |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 | 10.2 Functions |
| 5107 | ============== |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 | Each of the following functions is similar to the corresponding C |
| 5110 | library function. The basic 'printf' forms take a variable argument |
| 5111 | list. The 'vprintf' forms take an argument pointer, see *note Variadic |
| 5112 | Functions: (libc)Variadic Functions, or 'man 3 va_start'. |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 | It should be emphasised that if a format string is invalid, or the |
| 5115 | arguments don't match what the format specifies, then the behaviour of |
| 5116 | any of these functions will be unpredictable. GCC format string |
| 5117 | checking is not available, since it doesn't recognise the GMP |
| 5118 | extensions. |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | The file based functions 'gmp_printf' and 'gmp_fprintf' will return |
| 5121 | -1 to indicate a write error. Output is not "atomic", so partial output |
| 5122 | may be produced if a write error occurs. All the functions can return |
| 5123 | -1 if the C library 'printf' variant in use returns -1, but this |
| 5124 | shouldn't normally occur. |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 | -- Function: int gmp_printf (const char *FMT, ...) |
| 5127 | -- Function: int gmp_vprintf (const char *FMT, va_list AP) |
| 5128 | Print to the standard output 'stdout'. Return the number of |
| 5129 | characters written, or -1 if an error occurred. |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | -- Function: int gmp_fprintf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, ...) |
| 5132 | -- Function: int gmp_vfprintf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, va_list AP) |
| 5133 | Print to the stream FP. Return the number of characters written, |
| 5134 | or -1 if an error occurred. |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | -- Function: int gmp_sprintf (char *BUF, const char *FMT, ...) |
| 5137 | -- Function: int gmp_vsprintf (char *BUF, const char *FMT, va_list AP) |
| 5138 | Form a null-terminated string in BUF. Return the number of |
| 5139 | characters written, excluding the terminating null. |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | No overlap is permitted between the space at BUF and the string |
| 5142 | FMT. |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | These functions are not recommended, since there's no protection |
| 5145 | against exceeding the space available at BUF. |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | -- Function: int gmp_snprintf (char *BUF, size_t SIZE, const char *FMT, |
| 5148 | ...) |
| 5149 | -- Function: int gmp_vsnprintf (char *BUF, size_t SIZE, const char |
| 5150 | *FMT, va_list AP) |
| 5151 | Form a null-terminated string in BUF. No more than SIZE bytes will |
| 5152 | be written. To get the full output, SIZE must be enough for the |
| 5153 | string and null-terminator. |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 | The return value is the total number of characters which ought to |
| 5156 | have been produced, excluding the terminating null. If RETVAL >= |
| 5157 | SIZE then the actual output has been truncated to the first SIZE-1 |
| 5158 | characters, and a null appended. |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | No overlap is permitted between the region {BUF,SIZE} and the FMT |
| 5161 | string. |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | Notice the return value is in ISO C99 'snprintf' style. This is so |
| 5164 | even if the C library 'vsnprintf' is the older GLIBC 2.0.x style. |
| 5165 | |
| 5166 | -- Function: int gmp_asprintf (char **PP, const char *FMT, ...) |
| 5167 | -- Function: int gmp_vasprintf (char **PP, const char *FMT, va_list AP) |
| 5168 | Form a null-terminated string in a block of memory obtained from |
| 5169 | the current memory allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::). |
| 5170 | The block will be the size of the string and null-terminator. The |
| 5171 | address of the block in stored to *PP. The return value is the |
| 5172 | number of characters produced, excluding the null-terminator. |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | Unlike the C library 'asprintf', 'gmp_asprintf' doesn't return -1 |
| 5175 | if there's no more memory available, it lets the current allocation |
| 5176 | function handle that. |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 | -- Function: int gmp_obstack_printf (struct obstack *OB, const char |
| 5179 | *FMT, ...) |
| 5180 | -- Function: int gmp_obstack_vprintf (struct obstack *OB, const char |
| 5181 | *FMT, va_list AP) |
| 5182 | Append to the current object in OB. The return value is the number |
| 5183 | of characters written. A null-terminator is not written. |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | FMT cannot be within the current object in OB, since that object |
| 5186 | might move as it grows. |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | These functions are available only when the C library provides the |
| 5189 | obstack feature, which probably means only on GNU systems, see |
| 5190 | *note Obstacks: (libc)Obstacks. |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Formatted Output, Prev: Formatted Output Functions, Up: Formatted Output |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | 10.3 C++ Formatted Output |
| 5196 | ========================= |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | The following functions are provided in 'libgmpxx' (*note Headers and |
| 5199 | Libraries::), which is built if C++ support is enabled (*note Build |
| 5200 | Options::). Prototypes are available from '<gmp.h>'. |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 | -- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, const mpz_t OP) |
| 5203 | Print OP to STREAM, using its 'ios' formatting settings. |
| 5204 | 'ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard |
| 5205 | 'ostream operator<<' routines do. |
| 5206 | |
| 5207 | In hex or octal, OP is printed as a signed number, the same as for |
| 5208 | decimal. This is unlike the standard 'operator<<' routines on |
| 5209 | 'int' etc, which instead give twos complement. |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | -- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, const mpq_t OP) |
| 5212 | Print OP to STREAM, using its 'ios' formatting settings. |
| 5213 | 'ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard |
| 5214 | 'ostream operator<<' routines do. |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | Output will be a fraction like '5/9', or if the denominator is 1 |
| 5217 | then just a plain integer like '123'. |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | In hex or octal, OP is printed as a signed value, the same as for |
| 5220 | decimal. If 'ios::showbase' is set then a base indicator is shown |
| 5221 | on both the numerator and denominator (if the denominator is |
| 5222 | required). |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | -- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, const mpf_t OP) |
| 5225 | Print OP to STREAM, using its 'ios' formatting settings. |
| 5226 | 'ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard |
| 5227 | 'ostream operator<<' routines do. |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | The decimal point follows the standard library float 'operator<<', |
| 5230 | which on recent systems means the 'std::locale' imbued on STREAM. |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | Hex and octal are supported, unlike the standard 'operator<<' on |
| 5233 | 'double'. The mantissa will be in hex or octal, the exponent will |
| 5234 | be in decimal. For hex the exponent delimiter is an '@'. This is |
| 5235 | as per 'mpf_out_str'. |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | 'ios::showbase' is supported, and will put a base on the mantissa, |
| 5238 | for example hex '0x1.8' or '0x0.8', or octal '01.4' or '00.4'. |
| 5239 | This last form is slightly strange, but at least differentiates |
| 5240 | itself from decimal. |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 | These operators mean that GMP types can be printed in the usual C++ |
| 5243 | way, for example, |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | mpz_t z; |
| 5246 | int n; |
| 5247 | ... |
| 5248 | cout << "iteration " << n << " value " << z << "\n"; |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 | But note that 'ostream' output (and 'istream' input, *note C++ |
| 5251 | Formatted Input::) is the only overloading available for the GMP types |
| 5252 | and that for instance using '+' with an 'mpz_t' will have unpredictable |
| 5253 | results. For classes with overloading, see *note C++ Class Interface::. |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | File: gmp.info, Node: Formatted Input, Next: C++ Class Interface, Prev: Formatted Output, Up: Top |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | 11 Formatted Input |
| 5259 | ****************** |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 | * Menu: |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 | * Formatted Input Strings:: |
| 5264 | * Formatted Input Functions:: |
| 5265 | * C++ Formatted Input:: |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | File: gmp.info, Node: Formatted Input Strings, Next: Formatted Input Functions, Prev: Formatted Input, Up: Formatted Input |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | 11.1 Formatted Input Strings |
| 5271 | ============================ |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 | 'gmp_scanf' and friends accept format strings similar to the standard C |
| 5274 | 'scanf' (*note Formatted Input: (libc)Formatted Input.). A format |
| 5275 | specification is of the form |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | % [flags] [width] [type] conv |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | GMP adds types 'Z', 'Q' and 'F' for 'mpz_t', 'mpq_t' and 'mpf_t' |
| 5280 | respectively. 'Z' and 'Q' behave like integers. 'Q' will read a '/' |
| 5281 | and a denominator, if present. 'F' behaves like a float. |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | GMP variables don't require an '&' when passed to 'gmp_scanf', since |
| 5284 | they're already "call-by-reference". For example, |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | /* to read say "a(5) = 1234" */ |
| 5287 | int n; |
| 5288 | mpz_t z; |
| 5289 | gmp_scanf ("a(%d) = %Zd\n", &n, z); |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | mpq_t q1, q2; |
| 5292 | gmp_sscanf ("0377 + 0x10/0x11", "%Qi + %Qi", q1, q2); |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | /* to read say "topleft (1.55,-2.66)" */ |
| 5295 | mpf_t x, y; |
| 5296 | char buf[32]; |
| 5297 | gmp_scanf ("%31s (%Ff,%Ff)", buf, x, y); |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | All the standard C 'scanf' types behave the same as in the C library |
| 5300 | 'scanf', and can be freely intermixed with the GMP extensions. In the |
| 5301 | current implementation the standard parts of the format string are |
| 5302 | simply handed to 'scanf' and only the GMP extensions handled directly. |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 | The flags accepted are as follows. 'a' and ''' will depend on |
| 5305 | support from the C library, and ''' cannot be used with GMP types. |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | * read but don't store |
| 5308 | a allocate a buffer (string conversions) |
| 5309 | ' grouped digits, GLIBC style (not GMP |
| 5310 | types) |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | The standard types accepted are as follows. 'h' and 'l' are |
| 5313 | portable, the rest will depend on the compiler (or include files) for |
| 5314 | the type and the C library for the input. |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | h short |
| 5317 | hh char |
| 5318 | j intmax_t or uintmax_t |
| 5319 | l long int, double or wchar_t |
| 5320 | ll long long |
| 5321 | L long double |
| 5322 | q quad_t or u_quad_t |
| 5323 | t ptrdiff_t |
| 5324 | z size_t |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | The GMP types are |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | F mpf_t, float conversions |
| 5329 | Q mpq_t, integer conversions |
| 5330 | Z mpz_t, integer conversions |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 | The conversions accepted are as follows. 'p' and '[' will depend on |
| 5333 | support from the C library, the rest are standard. |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | c character or characters |
| 5336 | d decimal integer |
| 5337 | e E f g float |
| 5338 | G |
| 5339 | i integer with base indicator |
| 5340 | n characters read so far |
| 5341 | o octal integer |
| 5342 | p pointer |
| 5343 | s string of non-whitespace characters |
| 5344 | u decimal integer |
| 5345 | x X hex integer |
| 5346 | [ string of characters in a set |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 | 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' and 'G' are identical, they all read either fixed |
| 5349 | point or scientific format, and either upper or lower case 'e' for the |
| 5350 | exponent in scientific format. |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 | C99 style hex float format ('printf %a', *note Formatted Output |
| 5353 | Strings::) is always accepted for 'mpf_t', but for the standard float |
| 5354 | types it will depend on the C library. |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | 'x' and 'X' are identical, both accept both upper and lower case |
| 5357 | hexadecimal. |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | 'o', 'u', 'x' and 'X' all read positive or negative values. For the |
| 5360 | standard C types these are described as "unsigned" conversions, but that |
| 5361 | merely affects certain overflow handling, negatives are still allowed |
| 5362 | (per 'strtoul', *note Parsing of Integers: (libc)Parsing of Integers.). |
| 5363 | For GMP types there are no overflows, so 'd' and 'u' are identical. |
| 5364 | |
| 5365 | 'Q' type reads the numerator and (optional) denominator as given. If |
| 5366 | the value might not be in canonical form then 'mpq_canonicalize' must be |
| 5367 | called before using it in any calculations (*note Rational Number |
| 5368 | Functions::). |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | 'Qi' will read a base specification separately for the numerator and |
| 5371 | denominator. For example '0x10/11' would be 16/11, whereas '0x10/0x11' |
| 5372 | would be 16/17. |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 | 'n' can be used with any of the types above, even the GMP types. '*' |
| 5375 | to suppress assignment is allowed, though in that case it would do |
| 5376 | nothing at all. |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | Other conversions or types that might be accepted by the C library |
| 5379 | 'scanf' cannot be used through 'gmp_scanf'. |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 | Whitespace is read and discarded before a field, except for 'c' and |
| 5382 | '[' conversions. |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 | For float conversions, the decimal point character (or string) |
| 5385 | expected is taken from the current locale settings on systems which |
| 5386 | provide 'localeconv' (*note Locales and Internationalization: |
| 5387 | (libc)Locales.). The C library will normally do the same for standard |
| 5388 | float input. |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | The format string is only interpreted as plain 'char's, multibyte |
| 5391 | characters are not recognised. Perhaps this will change in the future. |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 | File: gmp.info, Node: Formatted Input Functions, Next: C++ Formatted Input, Prev: Formatted Input Strings, Up: Formatted Input |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | 11.2 Formatted Input Functions |
| 5397 | ============================== |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | Each of the following functions is similar to the corresponding C |
| 5400 | library function. The plain 'scanf' forms take a variable argument |
| 5401 | list. The 'vscanf' forms take an argument pointer, see *note Variadic |
| 5402 | Functions: (libc)Variadic Functions, or 'man 3 va_start'. |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 | It should be emphasised that if a format string is invalid, or the |
| 5405 | arguments don't match what the format specifies, then the behaviour of |
| 5406 | any of these functions will be unpredictable. GCC format string |
| 5407 | checking is not available, since it doesn't recognise the GMP |
| 5408 | extensions. |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 | No overlap is permitted between the FMT string and any of the results |
| 5411 | produced. |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 | -- Function: int gmp_scanf (const char *FMT, ...) |
| 5414 | -- Function: int gmp_vscanf (const char *FMT, va_list AP) |
| 5415 | Read from the standard input 'stdin'. |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 | -- Function: int gmp_fscanf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, ...) |
| 5418 | -- Function: int gmp_vfscanf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, va_list AP) |
| 5419 | Read from the stream FP. |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | -- Function: int gmp_sscanf (const char *S, const char *FMT, ...) |
| 5422 | -- Function: int gmp_vsscanf (const char *S, const char *FMT, va_list |
| 5423 | AP) |
| 5424 | Read from a null-terminated string S. |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 | The return value from each of these functions is the same as the |
| 5427 | standard C99 'scanf', namely the number of fields successfully parsed |
| 5428 | and stored. '%n' fields and fields read but suppressed by '*' don't |
| 5429 | count towards the return value. |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | If end of input (or a file error) is reached before a character for a |
| 5432 | field or a literal, and if no previous non-suppressed fields have |
| 5433 | matched, then the return value is 'EOF' instead of 0. A whitespace |
| 5434 | character in the format string is only an optional match and doesn't |
| 5435 | induce an 'EOF' in this fashion. Leading whitespace read and discarded |
| 5436 | for a field don't count as characters for that field. |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | For the GMP types, input parsing follows C99 rules, namely one |
| 5439 | character of lookahead is used and characters are read while they |
| 5440 | continue to meet the format requirements. If this doesn't provide a |
| 5441 | complete number then the function terminates, with that field not stored |
| 5442 | nor counted towards the return value. For instance with 'mpf_t' an |
| 5443 | input '1.23e-XYZ' would be read up to the 'X' and that character pushed |
| 5444 | back since it's not a digit. The string '1.23e-' would then be |
| 5445 | considered invalid since an 'e' must be followed by at least one digit. |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | For the standard C types, in the current implementation GMP calls the |
| 5448 | C library 'scanf' functions, which might have looser rules about what |
| 5449 | constitutes a valid input. |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | Note that 'gmp_sscanf' is the same as 'gmp_fscanf' and only does one |
| 5452 | character of lookahead when parsing. Although clearly it could look at |
| 5453 | its entire input, it is deliberately made identical to 'gmp_fscanf', the |
| 5454 | same way C99 'sscanf' is the same as 'fscanf'. |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Formatted Input, Prev: Formatted Input Functions, Up: Formatted Input |
| 5458 | |
| 5459 | 11.3 C++ Formatted Input |
| 5460 | ======================== |
| 5461 | |
| 5462 | The following functions are provided in 'libgmpxx' (*note Headers and |
| 5463 | Libraries::), which is built only if C++ support is enabled (*note Build |
| 5464 | Options::). Prototypes are available from '<gmp.h>'. |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 | -- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpz_t ROP) |
| 5467 | Read ROP from STREAM, using its 'ios' formatting settings. |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | -- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpq_t ROP) |
| 5470 | An integer like '123' will be read, or a fraction like '5/9'. No |
| 5471 | whitespace is allowed around the '/'. If the fraction is not in |
| 5472 | canonical form then 'mpq_canonicalize' must be called (*note |
| 5473 | Rational Number Functions::) before operating on it. |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | As per integer input, an '0' or '0x' base indicator is read when |
| 5476 | none of 'ios::dec', 'ios::oct' or 'ios::hex' are set. This is done |
| 5477 | separately for numerator and denominator, so that for instance |
| 5478 | '0x10/11' is 16/11 and '0x10/0x11' is 16/17. |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | -- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpf_t ROP) |
| 5481 | Read ROP from STREAM, using its 'ios' formatting settings. |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 | Hex or octal floats are not supported, but might be in the future, |
| 5484 | or perhaps it's best to accept only what the standard float |
| 5485 | 'operator>>' does. |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | Note that digit grouping specified by the 'istream' locale is |
| 5488 | currently not accepted. Perhaps this will change in the future. |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | These operators mean that GMP types can be read in the usual C++ way, |
| 5492 | for example, |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | mpz_t z; |
| 5495 | ... |
| 5496 | cin >> z; |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | But note that 'istream' input (and 'ostream' output, *note C++ |
| 5499 | Formatted Output::) is the only overloading available for the GMP types |
| 5500 | and that for instance using '+' with an 'mpz_t' will have unpredictable |
| 5501 | results. For classes with overloading, see *note C++ Class Interface::. |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Class Interface, Next: Custom Allocation, Prev: Formatted Input, Up: Top |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | 12 C++ Class Interface |
| 5507 | ********************** |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | This chapter describes the C++ class based interface to GMP. |
| 5510 | |
| 5511 | All GMP C language types and functions can be used in C++ programs, |
| 5512 | since 'gmp.h' has 'extern "C"' qualifiers, but the class interface |
| 5513 | offers overloaded functions and operators which may be more convenient. |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | Due to the implementation of this interface, a reasonably recent C++ |
| 5516 | compiler is required, one supporting namespaces, partial specialization |
| 5517 | of templates and member templates. |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | *Everything described in this chapter is to be considered preliminary |
| 5520 | and might be subject to incompatible changes if some unforeseen |
| 5521 | difficulty reveals itself.* |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 | * Menu: |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 | * C++ Interface General:: |
| 5526 | * C++ Interface Integers:: |
| 5527 | * C++ Interface Rationals:: |
| 5528 | * C++ Interface Floats:: |
| 5529 | * C++ Interface Random Numbers:: |
| 5530 | * C++ Interface Limitations:: |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Interface General, Next: C++ Interface Integers, Prev: C++ Class Interface, Up: C++ Class Interface |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | 12.1 C++ Interface General |
| 5536 | ========================== |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 | All the C++ classes and functions are available with |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 | #include <gmpxx.h> |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 | Programs should be linked with the 'libgmpxx' and 'libgmp' libraries. |
| 5543 | For example, |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | g++ mycxxprog.cc -lgmpxx -lgmp |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | The classes defined are |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 | -- Class: mpz_class |
| 5550 | -- Class: mpq_class |
| 5551 | -- Class: mpf_class |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | The standard operators and various standard functions are overloaded |
| 5554 | to allow arithmetic with these classes. For example, |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | int |
| 5557 | main (void) |
| 5558 | { |
| 5559 | mpz_class a, b, c; |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | a = 1234; |
| 5562 | b = "-5678"; |
| 5563 | c = a+b; |
| 5564 | cout << "sum is " << c << "\n"; |
| 5565 | cout << "absolute value is " << abs(c) << "\n"; |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | return 0; |
| 5568 | } |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | An important feature of the implementation is that an expression like |
| 5571 | 'a=b+c' results in a single call to the corresponding 'mpz_add', without |
| 5572 | using a temporary for the 'b+c' part. Expressions which by their nature |
| 5573 | imply intermediate values, like 'a=b*c+d*e', still use temporaries |
| 5574 | though. |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | The classes can be freely intermixed in expressions, as can the |
| 5577 | classes and the standard types 'long', 'unsigned long' and 'double'. |
| 5578 | Smaller types like 'int' or 'float' can also be intermixed, since C++ |
| 5579 | will promote them. |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | Note that 'bool' is not accepted directly, but must be explicitly |
| 5582 | cast to an 'int' first. This is because C++ will automatically convert |
| 5583 | any pointer to a 'bool', so if GMP accepted 'bool' it would make all |
| 5584 | sorts of invalid class and pointer combinations compile but almost |
| 5585 | certainly not do anything sensible. |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | Conversions back from the classes to standard C++ types aren't done |
| 5588 | automatically, instead member functions like 'get_si' are provided (see |
| 5589 | the following sections for details). |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | Also there are no automatic conversions from the classes to the |
| 5592 | corresponding GMP C types, instead a reference to the underlying C |
| 5593 | object can be obtained with the following functions, |
| 5594 | |
| 5595 | -- Function: mpz_t mpz_class::get_mpz_t () |
| 5596 | -- Function: mpq_t mpq_class::get_mpq_t () |
| 5597 | -- Function: mpf_t mpf_class::get_mpf_t () |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | These can be used to call a C function which doesn't have a C++ class |
| 5600 | interface. For example to set 'a' to the GCD of 'b' and 'c', |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 | mpz_class a, b, c; |
| 5603 | ... |
| 5604 | mpz_gcd (a.get_mpz_t(), b.get_mpz_t(), c.get_mpz_t()); |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 | In the other direction, a class can be initialized from the |
| 5607 | corresponding GMP C type, or assigned to if an explicit constructor is |
| 5608 | used. In both cases this makes a copy of the value, it doesn't create |
| 5609 | any sort of association. For example, |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 | mpz_t z; |
| 5612 | // ... init and calculate z ... |
| 5613 | mpz_class x(z); |
| 5614 | mpz_class y; |
| 5615 | y = mpz_class (z); |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | There are no namespace setups in 'gmpxx.h', all types and functions |
| 5618 | are simply put into the global namespace. This is what 'gmp.h' has done |
| 5619 | in the past, and continues to do for compatibility. The extras provided |
| 5620 | by 'gmpxx.h' follow GMP naming conventions and are unlikely to clash |
| 5621 | with anything. |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Interface Integers, Next: C++ Interface Rationals, Prev: C++ Interface General, Up: C++ Class Interface |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | 12.2 C++ Interface Integers |
| 5627 | =========================== |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 | -- Function: mpz_class::mpz_class (type N) |
| 5630 | Construct an 'mpz_class'. All the standard C++ types may be used, |
| 5631 | except 'long long' and 'long double', and all the GMP C++ classes |
| 5632 | can be used, although conversions from 'mpq_class' and 'mpf_class' |
| 5633 | are 'explicit'. Any necessary conversion follows the corresponding |
| 5634 | C function, for example 'double' follows 'mpz_set_d' (*note |
| 5635 | Assigning Integers::). |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | -- Function: explicit mpz_class::mpz_class (const mpz_t Z) |
| 5638 | Construct an 'mpz_class' from an 'mpz_t'. The value in Z is copied |
| 5639 | into the new 'mpz_class', there won't be any permanent association |
| 5640 | between it and Z. |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | -- Function: explicit mpz_class::mpz_class (const char *S, int BASE = |
| 5643 | 0) |
| 5644 | -- Function: explicit mpz_class::mpz_class (const string& S, int BASE = |
| 5645 | 0) |
| 5646 | Construct an 'mpz_class' converted from a string using |
| 5647 | 'mpz_set_str' (*note Assigning Integers::). |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | If the string is not a valid integer, an 'std::invalid_argument' |
| 5650 | exception is thrown. The same applies to 'operator='. |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 | -- Function: mpz_class operator"" _mpz (const char *STR) |
| 5653 | With C++11 compilers, integers can be constructed with the syntax |
| 5654 | '123_mpz' which is equivalent to 'mpz_class("123")'. |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 | -- Function: mpz_class operator/ (mpz_class A, mpz_class D) |
| 5657 | -- Function: mpz_class operator% (mpz_class A, mpz_class D) |
| 5658 | Divisions involving 'mpz_class' round towards zero, as per the |
| 5659 | 'mpz_tdiv_q' and 'mpz_tdiv_r' functions (*note Integer Division::). |
| 5660 | This is the same as the C99 '/' and '%' operators. |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 | The 'mpz_fdiv...' or 'mpz_cdiv...' functions can always be called |
| 5663 | directly if desired. For example, |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | mpz_class q, a, d; |
| 5666 | ... |
| 5667 | mpz_fdiv_q (q.get_mpz_t(), a.get_mpz_t(), d.get_mpz_t()); |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 | -- Function: mpz_class abs (mpz_class OP) |
| 5670 | -- Function: int cmp (mpz_class OP1, type OP2) |
| 5671 | -- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpz_class OP2) |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_sint_p (void) |
| 5674 | -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_slong_p (void) |
| 5675 | -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_sshort_p (void) |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 | -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_uint_p (void) |
| 5678 | -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_ulong_p (void) |
| 5679 | -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_ushort_p (void) |
| 5680 | |
| 5681 | -- Function: double mpz_class::get_d (void) |
| 5682 | -- Function: long mpz_class::get_si (void) |
| 5683 | -- Function: string mpz_class::get_str (int BASE = 10) |
| 5684 | -- Function: unsigned long mpz_class::get_ui (void) |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | -- Function: int mpz_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE) |
| 5687 | -- Function: int mpz_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE) |
| 5688 | -- Function: int sgn (mpz_class OP) |
| 5689 | -- Function: mpz_class sqrt (mpz_class OP) |
| 5690 | |
| 5691 | -- Function: mpz_class gcd (mpz_class OP1, mpz_class OP2) |
| 5692 | -- Function: mpz_class lcm (mpz_class OP1, mpz_class OP2) |
| 5693 | -- Function: mpz_class mpz_class::factorial (type OP) |
| 5694 | -- Function: mpz_class factorial (mpz_class OP) |
| 5695 | -- Function: mpz_class mpz_class::primorial (type OP) |
| 5696 | -- Function: mpz_class primorial (mpz_class OP) |
| 5697 | -- Function: mpz_class mpz_class::fibonacci (type OP) |
| 5698 | -- Function: mpz_class fibonacci (mpz_class OP) |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 | -- Function: void mpz_class::swap (mpz_class& OP) |
| 5701 | -- Function: void swap (mpz_class& OP1, mpz_class& OP2) |
| 5702 | These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding |
| 5703 | GMP C routines. Calling 'factorial' or 'primorial' on a negative |
| 5704 | number is undefined. |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | 'cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++ |
| 5707 | types, except 'long long' and 'long double'. |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | Overloaded operators for combinations of 'mpz_class' and 'double' are |
| 5711 | provided for completeness, but it should be noted that if the given |
| 5712 | 'double' is not an integer then the way any rounding is done is |
| 5713 | currently unspecified. The rounding might take place at the start, in |
| 5714 | the middle, or at the end of the operation, and it might change in the |
| 5715 | future. |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | Conversions between 'mpz_class' and 'double', however, are defined to |
| 5718 | follow the corresponding C functions 'mpz_get_d' and 'mpz_set_d'. And |
| 5719 | comparisons are always made exactly, as per 'mpz_cmp_d'. |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Interface Rationals, Next: C++ Interface Floats, Prev: C++ Interface Integers, Up: C++ Class Interface |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 | 12.3 C++ Interface Rationals |
| 5725 | ============================ |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | In all the following constructors, if a fraction is given then it should |
| 5728 | be in canonical form, or if not then 'mpq_class::canonicalize' called. |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | -- Function: mpq_class::mpq_class (type OP) |
| 5731 | -- Function: mpq_class::mpq_class (integer NUM, integer DEN) |
| 5732 | Construct an 'mpq_class'. The initial value can be a single value |
| 5733 | of any type (conversion from 'mpf_class' is 'explicit'), or a pair |
| 5734 | of integers ('mpz_class' or standard C++ integer types) |
| 5735 | representing a fraction, except that 'long long' and 'long double' |
| 5736 | are not supported. For example, |
| 5737 | |
| 5738 | mpq_class q (99); |
| 5739 | mpq_class q (1.75); |
| 5740 | mpq_class q (1, 3); |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 | -- Function: explicit mpq_class::mpq_class (const mpq_t Q) |
| 5743 | Construct an 'mpq_class' from an 'mpq_t'. The value in Q is copied |
| 5744 | into the new 'mpq_class', there won't be any permanent association |
| 5745 | between it and Q. |
| 5746 | |
| 5747 | -- Function: explicit mpq_class::mpq_class (const char *S, int BASE = |
| 5748 | 0) |
| 5749 | -- Function: explicit mpq_class::mpq_class (const string& S, int BASE = |
| 5750 | 0) |
| 5751 | Construct an 'mpq_class' converted from a string using |
| 5752 | 'mpq_set_str' (*note Initializing Rationals::). |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 | If the string is not a valid rational, an 'std::invalid_argument' |
| 5755 | exception is thrown. The same applies to 'operator='. |
| 5756 | |
| 5757 | -- Function: mpq_class operator"" _mpq (const char *STR) |
| 5758 | With C++11 compilers, integral rationals can be constructed with |
| 5759 | the syntax '123_mpq' which is equivalent to 'mpq_class(123_mpz)'. |
| 5760 | Other rationals can be built as '-1_mpq/2' or '0xb_mpq/123456_mpz'. |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | -- Function: void mpq_class::canonicalize () |
| 5763 | Put an 'mpq_class' into canonical form, as per *note Rational |
| 5764 | Number Functions::. All arithmetic operators require their |
| 5765 | operands in canonical form, and will return results in canonical |
| 5766 | form. |
| 5767 | |
| 5768 | -- Function: mpq_class abs (mpq_class OP) |
| 5769 | -- Function: int cmp (mpq_class OP1, type OP2) |
| 5770 | -- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpq_class OP2) |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 | -- Function: double mpq_class::get_d (void) |
| 5773 | -- Function: string mpq_class::get_str (int BASE = 10) |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 | -- Function: int mpq_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE) |
| 5776 | -- Function: int mpq_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE) |
| 5777 | -- Function: int sgn (mpq_class OP) |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | -- Function: void mpq_class::swap (mpq_class& OP) |
| 5780 | -- Function: void swap (mpq_class& OP1, mpq_class& OP2) |
| 5781 | These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding |
| 5782 | GMP C routines. |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | 'cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++ |
| 5785 | types, except 'long long' and 'long double'. |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | -- Function: mpz_class& mpq_class::get_num () |
| 5788 | -- Function: mpz_class& mpq_class::get_den () |
| 5789 | Get a reference to an 'mpz_class' which is the numerator or |
| 5790 | denominator of an 'mpq_class'. This can be used both for read and |
| 5791 | write access. If the object returned is modified, it modifies the |
| 5792 | original 'mpq_class'. |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 | If direct manipulation might produce a non-canonical value, then |
| 5795 | 'mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called before further operations. |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | -- Function: mpz_t mpq_class::get_num_mpz_t () |
| 5798 | -- Function: mpz_t mpq_class::get_den_mpz_t () |
| 5799 | Get a reference to the underlying 'mpz_t' numerator or denominator |
| 5800 | of an 'mpq_class'. This can be passed to C functions expecting an |
| 5801 | 'mpz_t'. Any modifications made to the 'mpz_t' will modify the |
| 5802 | original 'mpq_class'. |
| 5803 | |
| 5804 | If direct manipulation might produce a non-canonical value, then |
| 5805 | 'mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called before further operations. |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 | -- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpq_class& ROP); |
| 5808 | Read ROP from STREAM, using its 'ios' formatting settings, the same |
| 5809 | as 'mpq_t operator>>' (*note C++ Formatted Input::). |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | If the ROP read might not be in canonical form then |
| 5812 | 'mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called. |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Interface Floats, Next: C++ Interface Random Numbers, Prev: C++ Interface Rationals, Up: C++ Class Interface |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | 12.4 C++ Interface Floats |
| 5818 | ========================= |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | When an expression requires the use of temporary intermediate |
| 5821 | 'mpf_class' values, like 'f=g*h+x*y', those temporaries will have the |
| 5822 | same precision as the destination 'f'. Explicit constructors can be |
| 5823 | used if this doesn't suit. |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | -- Function: mpf_class::mpf_class (type OP) |
| 5826 | -- Function: mpf_class::mpf_class (type OP, mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 5827 | Construct an 'mpf_class'. Any standard C++ type can be used, |
| 5828 | except 'long long' and 'long double', and any of the GMP C++ |
| 5829 | classes can be used. |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | If PREC is given, the initial precision is that value, in bits. If |
| 5832 | PREC is not given, then the initial precision is determined by the |
| 5833 | type of OP given. An 'mpz_class', 'mpq_class', or C++ builtin type |
| 5834 | will give the default 'mpf' precision (*note Initializing |
| 5835 | Floats::). An 'mpf_class' or expression will give the precision of |
| 5836 | that value. The precision of a binary expression is the higher of |
| 5837 | the two operands. |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | mpf_class f(1.5); // default precision |
| 5840 | mpf_class f(1.5, 500); // 500 bits (at least) |
| 5841 | mpf_class f(x); // precision of x |
| 5842 | mpf_class f(abs(x)); // precision of x |
| 5843 | mpf_class f(-g, 1000); // 1000 bits (at least) |
| 5844 | mpf_class f(x+y); // greater of precisions of x and y |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | -- Function: explicit mpf_class::mpf_class (const mpf_t F) |
| 5847 | -- Function: mpf_class::mpf_class (const mpf_t F, mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 5848 | Construct an 'mpf_class' from an 'mpf_t'. The value in F is copied |
| 5849 | into the new 'mpf_class', there won't be any permanent association |
| 5850 | between it and F. |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | If PREC is given, the initial precision is that value, in bits. If |
| 5853 | PREC is not given, then the initial precision is that of F. |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | -- Function: explicit mpf_class::mpf_class (const char *S) |
| 5856 | -- Function: mpf_class::mpf_class (const char *S, mp_bitcnt_t PREC, int |
| 5857 | BASE = 0) |
| 5858 | -- Function: explicit mpf_class::mpf_class (const string& S) |
| 5859 | -- Function: mpf_class::mpf_class (const string& S, mp_bitcnt_t PREC, |
| 5860 | int BASE = 0) |
| 5861 | Construct an 'mpf_class' converted from a string using |
| 5862 | 'mpf_set_str' (*note Assigning Floats::). If PREC is given, the |
| 5863 | initial precision is that value, in bits. If not, the default |
| 5864 | 'mpf' precision (*note Initializing Floats::) is used. |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | If the string is not a valid float, an 'std::invalid_argument' |
| 5867 | exception is thrown. The same applies to 'operator='. |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | -- Function: mpf_class operator"" _mpf (const char *STR) |
| 5870 | With C++11 compilers, floats can be constructed with the syntax |
| 5871 | '1.23e-1_mpf' which is equivalent to 'mpf_class("1.23e-1")'. |
| 5872 | |
| 5873 | -- Function: mpf_class& mpf_class::operator= (type OP) |
| 5874 | Convert and store the given OP value to an 'mpf_class' object. The |
| 5875 | same types are accepted as for the constructors above. |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | Note that 'operator=' only stores a new value, it doesn't copy or |
| 5878 | change the precision of the destination, instead the value is |
| 5879 | truncated if necessary. This is the same as 'mpf_set' etc. Note |
| 5880 | in particular this means for 'mpf_class' a copy constructor is not |
| 5881 | the same as a default constructor plus assignment. |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 | mpf_class x (y); // x created with precision of y |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 | mpf_class x; // x created with default precision |
| 5886 | x = y; // value truncated to that precision |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 | Applications using templated code may need to be careful about the |
| 5889 | assumptions the code makes in this area, when working with |
| 5890 | 'mpf_class' values of various different or non-default precisions. |
| 5891 | For instance implementations of the standard 'complex' template |
| 5892 | have been seen in both styles above, though of course 'complex' is |
| 5893 | normally only actually specified for use with the builtin float |
| 5894 | types. |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 | -- Function: mpf_class abs (mpf_class OP) |
| 5897 | -- Function: mpf_class ceil (mpf_class OP) |
| 5898 | -- Function: int cmp (mpf_class OP1, type OP2) |
| 5899 | -- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpf_class OP2) |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 | -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_sint_p (void) |
| 5902 | -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_slong_p (void) |
| 5903 | -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_sshort_p (void) |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_uint_p (void) |
| 5906 | -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_ulong_p (void) |
| 5907 | -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_ushort_p (void) |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 | -- Function: mpf_class floor (mpf_class OP) |
| 5910 | -- Function: mpf_class hypot (mpf_class OP1, mpf_class OP2) |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | -- Function: double mpf_class::get_d (void) |
| 5913 | -- Function: long mpf_class::get_si (void) |
| 5914 | -- Function: string mpf_class::get_str (mp_exp_t& EXP, int BASE = 10, |
| 5915 | size_t DIGITS = 0) |
| 5916 | -- Function: unsigned long mpf_class::get_ui (void) |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 | -- Function: int mpf_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE) |
| 5919 | -- Function: int mpf_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE) |
| 5920 | -- Function: int sgn (mpf_class OP) |
| 5921 | -- Function: mpf_class sqrt (mpf_class OP) |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 | -- Function: void mpf_class::swap (mpf_class& OP) |
| 5924 | -- Function: void swap (mpf_class& OP1, mpf_class& OP2) |
| 5925 | -- Function: mpf_class trunc (mpf_class OP) |
| 5926 | These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding |
| 5927 | GMP C routines. |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 | 'cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++ |
| 5930 | types, except 'long long' and 'long double'. |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 | The accuracy provided by 'hypot' is not currently guaranteed. |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 | -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpf_class::get_prec () |
| 5935 | -- Function: void mpf_class::set_prec (mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 5936 | -- Function: void mpf_class::set_prec_raw (mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 5937 | Get or set the current precision of an 'mpf_class'. |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | The restrictions described for 'mpf_set_prec_raw' (*note |
| 5940 | Initializing Floats::) apply to 'mpf_class::set_prec_raw'. Note in |
| 5941 | particular that the 'mpf_class' must be restored to it's allocated |
| 5942 | precision before being destroyed. This must be done by application |
| 5943 | code, there's no automatic mechanism for it. |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Interface Random Numbers, Next: C++ Interface Limitations, Prev: C++ Interface Floats, Up: C++ Class Interface |
| 5947 | |
| 5948 | 12.5 C++ Interface Random Numbers |
| 5949 | ================================= |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | -- Class: gmp_randclass |
| 5952 | The C++ class interface to the GMP random number functions uses |
| 5953 | 'gmp_randclass' to hold an algorithm selection and current state, |
| 5954 | as per 'gmp_randstate_t'. |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | -- Function: gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass (void (*RANDINIT) |
| 5957 | (gmp_randstate_t, ...), ...) |
| 5958 | Construct a 'gmp_randclass', using a call to the given RANDINIT |
| 5959 | function (*note Random State Initialization::). The arguments |
| 5960 | expected are the same as RANDINIT, but with 'mpz_class' instead of |
| 5961 | 'mpz_t'. For example, |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 | gmp_randclass r1 (gmp_randinit_default); |
| 5964 | gmp_randclass r2 (gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size, 32); |
| 5965 | gmp_randclass r3 (gmp_randinit_lc_2exp, a, c, m2exp); |
| 5966 | gmp_randclass r4 (gmp_randinit_mt); |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | 'gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size' will fail if the size requested is too |
| 5969 | big, an 'std::length_error' exception is thrown in that case. |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | -- Function: gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass (gmp_randalg_t ALG, ...) |
| 5972 | Construct a 'gmp_randclass' using the same parameters as |
| 5973 | 'gmp_randinit' (*note Random State Initialization::). This |
| 5974 | function is obsolete and the above RANDINIT style should be |
| 5975 | preferred. |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | -- Function: void gmp_randclass::seed (unsigned long int S) |
| 5978 | -- Function: void gmp_randclass::seed (mpz_class S) |
| 5979 | Seed a random number generator. See *note Random Number |
| 5980 | Functions::, for how to choose a good seed. |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 | -- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_bits (mp_bitcnt_t BITS) |
| 5983 | -- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_bits (mpz_class BITS) |
| 5984 | Generate a random integer with a specified number of bits. |
| 5985 | |
| 5986 | -- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_range (mpz_class N) |
| 5987 | Generate a random integer in the range 0 to N-1 inclusive. |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 | -- Function: mpf_class gmp_randclass::get_f () |
| 5990 | -- Function: mpf_class gmp_randclass::get_f (mp_bitcnt_t PREC) |
| 5991 | Generate a random float F in the range 0 <= F < 1. F will be to |
| 5992 | PREC bits precision, or if PREC is not given then to the precision |
| 5993 | of the destination. For example, |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | gmp_randclass r; |
| 5996 | ... |
| 5997 | mpf_class f (0, 512); // 512 bits precision |
| 5998 | f = r.get_f(); // random number, 512 bits |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | File: gmp.info, Node: C++ Interface Limitations, Prev: C++ Interface Random Numbers, Up: C++ Class Interface |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | 12.6 C++ Interface Limitations |
| 6004 | ============================== |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | 'mpq_class' and Templated Reading |
| 6007 | A generic piece of template code probably won't know that |
| 6008 | 'mpq_class' requires a 'canonicalize' call if inputs read with |
| 6009 | 'operator>>' might be non-canonical. This can lead to incorrect |
| 6010 | results. |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 | 'operator>>' behaves as it does for reasons of efficiency. A |
| 6013 | canonicalize can be quite time consuming on large operands, and is |
| 6014 | best avoided if it's not necessary. |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | But this potential difficulty reduces the usefulness of |
| 6017 | 'mpq_class'. Perhaps a mechanism to tell 'operator>>' what to do |
| 6018 | will be adopted in the future, maybe a preprocessor define, a |
| 6019 | global flag, or an 'ios' flag pressed into service. Or maybe, at |
| 6020 | the risk of inconsistency, the 'mpq_class' 'operator>>' could |
| 6021 | canonicalize and leave 'mpq_t' 'operator>>' not doing so, for use |
| 6022 | on those occasions when that's acceptable. Send feedback or |
| 6023 | alternate ideas to <gmp-bugs@gmplib.org>. |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | Subclassing |
| 6026 | Subclassing the GMP C++ classes works, but is not currently |
| 6027 | recommended. |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | Expressions involving subclasses resolve correctly (or seem to), |
| 6030 | but in normal C++ fashion the subclass doesn't inherit constructors |
| 6031 | and assignments. There's many of those in the GMP classes, and a |
| 6032 | good way to reestablish them in a subclass is not yet provided. |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | Templated Expressions |
| 6035 | A subtle difficulty exists when using expressions together with |
| 6036 | application-defined template functions. Consider the following, |
| 6037 | with 'T' intended to be some numeric type, |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 | template <class T> |
| 6040 | T fun (const T &, const T &); |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 | When used with, say, plain 'mpz_class' variables, it works fine: |
| 6043 | 'T' is resolved as 'mpz_class'. |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | mpz_class f(1), g(2); |
| 6046 | fun (f, g); // Good |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | But when one of the arguments is an expression, it doesn't work. |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | mpz_class f(1), g(2), h(3); |
| 6051 | fun (f, g+h); // Bad |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | This is because 'g+h' ends up being a certain expression template |
| 6054 | type internal to 'gmpxx.h', which the C++ template resolution rules |
| 6055 | are unable to automatically convert to 'mpz_class'. The workaround |
| 6056 | is simply to add an explicit cast. |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 | mpz_class f(1), g(2), h(3); |
| 6059 | fun (f, mpz_class(g+h)); // Good |
| 6060 | |
| 6061 | Similarly, within 'fun' it may be necessary to cast an expression |
| 6062 | to type 'T' when calling a templated 'fun2'. |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 | template <class T> |
| 6065 | void fun (T f, T g) |
| 6066 | { |
| 6067 | fun2 (f, f+g); // Bad |
| 6068 | } |
| 6069 | |
| 6070 | template <class T> |
| 6071 | void fun (T f, T g) |
| 6072 | { |
| 6073 | fun2 (f, T(f+g)); // Good |
| 6074 | } |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | C++11 |
| 6077 | C++11 provides several new ways in which types can be inferred: |
| 6078 | 'auto', 'decltype', etc. While they can be very convenient, they |
| 6079 | don't mix well with expression templates. In this example, the |
| 6080 | addition is performed twice, as if we had defined 'sum' as a macro. |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 | mpz_class z = 33; |
| 6083 | auto sum = z + z; |
| 6084 | mpz_class prod = sum * sum; |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | This other example may crash, though some compilers might make it |
| 6087 | look like it is working, because the expression 'z+z' goes out of |
| 6088 | scope before it is evaluated. |
| 6089 | |
| 6090 | mpz_class z = 33; |
| 6091 | auto sum = z + z + z; |
| 6092 | mpz_class prod = sum * 2; |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | It is thus strongly recommended to avoid 'auto' anywhere a GMP C++ |
| 6095 | expression may appear. |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | File: gmp.info, Node: Custom Allocation, Next: Language Bindings, Prev: C++ Class Interface, Up: Top |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | 13 Custom Allocation |
| 6101 | ******************** |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 | By default GMP uses 'malloc', 'realloc' and 'free' for memory |
| 6104 | allocation, and if they fail GMP prints a message to the standard error |
| 6105 | output and terminates the program. |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 | Alternate functions can be specified, to allocate memory in a |
| 6108 | different way or to have a different error action on running out of |
| 6109 | memory. |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | -- Function: void mp_set_memory_functions ( |
| 6112 | void *(*ALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (size_t), |
| 6113 | void *(*REALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t, size_t), |
| 6114 | void (*FREE_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t)) |
| 6115 | Replace the current allocation functions from the arguments. If an |
| 6116 | argument is 'NULL', the corresponding default function is used. |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 | These functions will be used for all memory allocation done by GMP, |
| 6119 | apart from temporary space from 'alloca' if that function is |
| 6120 | available and GMP is configured to use it (*note Build Options::). |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | *Be sure to call 'mp_set_memory_functions' only when there are no |
| 6123 | active GMP objects allocated using the previous memory functions! |
| 6124 | Usually that means calling it before any other GMP function.* |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | The functions supplied should fit the following declarations: |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 | -- Function: void * allocate_function (size_t ALLOC_SIZE) |
| 6129 | Return a pointer to newly allocated space with at least ALLOC_SIZE |
| 6130 | bytes. |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | -- Function: void * reallocate_function (void *PTR, size_t OLD_SIZE, |
| 6133 | size_t NEW_SIZE) |
| 6134 | Resize a previously allocated block PTR of OLD_SIZE bytes to be |
| 6135 | NEW_SIZE bytes. |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | The block may be moved if necessary or if desired, and in that case |
| 6138 | the smaller of OLD_SIZE and NEW_SIZE bytes must be copied to the |
| 6139 | new location. The return value is a pointer to the resized block, |
| 6140 | that being the new location if moved or just PTR if not. |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | PTR is never 'NULL', it's always a previously allocated block. |
| 6143 | NEW_SIZE may be bigger or smaller than OLD_SIZE. |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | -- Function: void free_function (void *PTR, size_t SIZE) |
| 6146 | De-allocate the space pointed to by PTR. |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | PTR is never 'NULL', it's always a previously allocated block of |
| 6149 | SIZE bytes. |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 | A "byte" here means the unit used by the 'sizeof' operator. |
| 6152 | |
| 6153 | The REALLOCATE_FUNCTION parameter OLD_SIZE and the FREE_FUNCTION |
| 6154 | parameter SIZE are passed for convenience, but of course they can be |
| 6155 | ignored if not needed by an implementation. The default functions using |
| 6156 | 'malloc' and friends for instance don't use them. |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 | No error return is allowed from any of these functions, if they |
| 6159 | return then they must have performed the specified operation. In |
| 6160 | particular note that ALLOCATE_FUNCTION or REALLOCATE_FUNCTION mustn't |
| 6161 | return 'NULL'. |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | Getting a different fatal error action is a good use for custom |
| 6164 | allocation functions, for example giving a graphical dialog rather than |
| 6165 | the default print to 'stderr'. How much is possible when genuinely out |
| 6166 | of memory is another question though. |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | There's currently no defined way for the allocation functions to |
| 6169 | recover from an error such as out of memory, they must terminate program |
| 6170 | execution. A 'longjmp' or throwing a C++ exception will have undefined |
| 6171 | results. This may change in the future. |
| 6172 | |
| 6173 | GMP may use allocated blocks to hold pointers to other allocated |
| 6174 | blocks. This will limit the assumptions a conservative garbage |
| 6175 | collection scheme can make. |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | Since the default GMP allocation uses 'malloc' and friends, those |
| 6178 | functions will be linked in even if the first thing a program does is an |
| 6179 | 'mp_set_memory_functions'. It's necessary to change the GMP sources if |
| 6180 | this is a problem. |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | -- Function: void mp_get_memory_functions ( |
| 6184 | void *(**ALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (size_t), |
| 6185 | void *(**REALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t, size_t), |
| 6186 | void (**FREE_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t)) |
| 6187 | Get the current allocation functions, storing function pointers to |
| 6188 | the locations given by the arguments. If an argument is 'NULL', |
| 6189 | that function pointer is not stored. |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | For example, to get just the current free function, |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 | void (*freefunc) (void *, size_t); |
| 6194 | |
| 6195 | mp_get_memory_functions (NULL, NULL, &freefunc); |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | File: gmp.info, Node: Language Bindings, Next: Algorithms, Prev: Custom Allocation, Up: Top |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | 14 Language Bindings |
| 6201 | ******************** |
| 6202 | |
| 6203 | The following packages and projects offer access to GMP from languages |
| 6204 | other than C, though perhaps with varying levels of functionality and |
| 6205 | efficiency. |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 | C++ |
| 6209 | * GMP C++ class interface, *note C++ Class Interface:: |
| 6210 | Straightforward interface, expression templates to eliminate |
| 6211 | temporaries. |
| 6212 | * ALP <https://www-sop.inria.fr/saga/logiciels/ALP/> |
| 6213 | Linear algebra and polynomials using templates. |
| 6214 | * CLN <https://www.ginac.de/CLN/> |
| 6215 | High level classes for arithmetic. |
| 6216 | * Linbox <http://www.linalg.org/> |
| 6217 | Sparse vectors and matrices. |
| 6218 | * NTL <http://www.shoup.net/ntl/> |
| 6219 | A C++ number theory library. |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | Eiffel |
| 6222 | * Eiffelroom <http://www.eiffelroom.org/node/442> |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 | Haskell |
| 6225 | * Glasgow Haskell Compiler <https://www.haskell.org/ghc/> |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | Java |
| 6228 | * Kaffe <https://github.com/kaffe/kaffe> |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | Lisp |
| 6231 | * GNU Common Lisp <https://www.gnu.org/software/gcl/gcl.html> |
| 6232 | * Librep <http://librep.sourceforge.net/> |
| 6233 | * XEmacs (21.5.18 beta and up) <https://www.xemacs.org> |
| 6234 | Optional big integers, rationals and floats using GMP. |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | ML |
| 6237 | * MLton compiler <http://mlton.org/> |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 | Objective Caml |
| 6240 | * MLGMP <https://opam.ocaml.org/packages/mlgmp/> |
| 6241 | * Numerix <http://pauillac.inria.fr/~quercia/> |
| 6242 | Optionally using GMP. |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | Oz |
| 6245 | * Mozart <https://mozart.github.io/> |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | Pascal |
| 6248 | * GNU Pascal Compiler <http://www.gnu-pascal.de/> |
| 6249 | GMP unit. |
| 6250 | * Numerix <http://pauillac.inria.fr/~quercia/> |
| 6251 | For Free Pascal, optionally using GMP. |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | Perl |
| 6254 | * GMP module, see 'demos/perl' in the GMP sources (*note |
| 6255 | Demonstration Programs::). |
| 6256 | * Math::GMP <https://www.cpan.org/> |
| 6257 | Compatible with Math::BigInt, but not as many functions as the |
| 6258 | GMP module above. |
| 6259 | * Math::BigInt::GMP <https://www.cpan.org/> |
| 6260 | Plug Math::GMP into normal Math::BigInt operations. |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 | Pike |
| 6263 | * pikempz module in the standard distribution, |
| 6264 | <https://pike.lysator.liu.se/> |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | Prolog |
| 6267 | * SWI Prolog <http://www.swi-prolog.org/> |
| 6268 | Arbitrary precision floats. |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 | Python |
| 6271 | * GMPY <https://code.google.com/p/gmpy/> |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 | Ruby |
| 6274 | * <https://rubygems.org/gems/gmp> |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 | Scheme |
| 6277 | * GNU Guile <https://www.gnu.org/software/guile/guile.html> |
| 6278 | * RScheme <https://www.rscheme.org/> |
| 6279 | * STklos <http://www.stklos.net/> |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 | Smalltalk |
| 6282 | * GNU Smalltalk <http://smalltalk.gnu.org/> |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 | Other |
| 6285 | * Axiom <https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/axiom> |
| 6286 | Computer algebra using GCL. |
| 6287 | * DrGenius <http://drgenius.seul.org/> |
| 6288 | Geometry system and mathematical programming language. |
| 6289 | * GiNaC <httsp://www.ginac.de/> |
| 6290 | C++ computer algebra using CLN. |
| 6291 | * GOO <https://www.eecs.berkeley.edu/~jrb/goo/> |
| 6292 | Dynamic object oriented language. |
| 6293 | * Maxima <https://www.ma.utexas.edu/users/wfs/maxima.html> |
| 6294 | Macsyma computer algebra using GCL. |
| 6295 | * Regina <http://regina.sourceforge.net/> |
| 6296 | Topological calculator. |
| 6297 | * Yacas <http://yacas.sourceforge.net> |
| 6298 | Yet another computer algebra system. |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | File: gmp.info, Node: Algorithms, Next: Internals, Prev: Language Bindings, Up: Top |
| 6302 | |
| 6303 | 15 Algorithms |
| 6304 | ************* |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | This chapter is an introduction to some of the algorithms used for |
| 6307 | various GMP operations. The code is likely to be hard to understand |
| 6308 | without knowing something about the algorithms. |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 | Some GMP internals are mentioned, but applications that expect to be |
| 6311 | compatible with future GMP releases should take care to use only the |
| 6312 | documented functions. |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | * Menu: |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | * Multiplication Algorithms:: |
| 6317 | * Division Algorithms:: |
| 6318 | * Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms:: |
| 6319 | * Powering Algorithms:: |
| 6320 | * Root Extraction Algorithms:: |
| 6321 | * Radix Conversion Algorithms:: |
| 6322 | * Other Algorithms:: |
| 6323 | * Assembly Coding:: |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 | File: gmp.info, Node: Multiplication Algorithms, Next: Division Algorithms, Prev: Algorithms, Up: Algorithms |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | 15.1 Multiplication |
| 6329 | =================== |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | NxN limb multiplications and squares are done using one of seven |
| 6332 | algorithms, as the size N increases. |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | Algorithm Threshold |
| 6335 | Basecase (none) |
| 6336 | Karatsuba 'MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' |
| 6337 | Toom-3 'MUL_TOOM33_THRESHOLD' |
| 6338 | Toom-4 'MUL_TOOM44_THRESHOLD' |
| 6339 | Toom-6.5 'MUL_TOOM6H_THRESHOLD' |
| 6340 | Toom-8.5 'MUL_TOOM8H_THRESHOLD' |
| 6341 | FFT 'MUL_FFT_THRESHOLD' |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 | Similarly for squaring, with the 'SQR' thresholds. |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | NxM multiplications of operands with different sizes above |
| 6346 | 'MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' are currently done by special Toom-inspired |
| 6347 | algorithms or directly with FFT, depending on operand size (*note |
| 6348 | Unbalanced Multiplication::). |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | * Menu: |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | * Basecase Multiplication:: |
| 6353 | * Karatsuba Multiplication:: |
| 6354 | * Toom 3-Way Multiplication:: |
| 6355 | * Toom 4-Way Multiplication:: |
| 6356 | * Higher degree Toom'n'half:: |
| 6357 | * FFT Multiplication:: |
| 6358 | * Other Multiplication:: |
| 6359 | * Unbalanced Multiplication:: |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 | File: gmp.info, Node: Basecase Multiplication, Next: Karatsuba Multiplication, Prev: Multiplication Algorithms, Up: Multiplication Algorithms |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | 15.1.1 Basecase Multiplication |
| 6365 | ------------------------------ |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | Basecase NxM multiplication is a straightforward rectangular set of |
| 6368 | cross-products, the same as long multiplication done by hand and for |
| 6369 | that reason sometimes known as the schoolbook or grammar school method. |
| 6370 | This is an O(N*M) algorithm. See Knuth section 4.3.1 algorithm M (*note |
| 6371 | References::), and the 'mpn/generic/mul_basecase.c' code. |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | Assembly implementations of 'mpn_mul_basecase' are essentially the |
| 6374 | same as the generic C code, but have all the usual assembly tricks and |
| 6375 | obscurities introduced for speed. |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | A square can be done in roughly half the time of a multiply, by using |
| 6378 | the fact that the cross products above and below the diagonal are the |
| 6379 | same. A triangle of products below the diagonal is formed, doubled |
| 6380 | (left shift by one bit), and then the products on the diagonal added. |
| 6381 | This can be seen in 'mpn/generic/sqr_basecase.c'. Again the assembly |
| 6382 | implementations take essentially the same approach. |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | u0 u1 u2 u3 u4 |
| 6385 | +---+---+---+---+---+ |
| 6386 | u0 | d | | | | | |
| 6387 | +---+---+---+---+---+ |
| 6388 | u1 | | d | | | | |
| 6389 | +---+---+---+---+---+ |
| 6390 | u2 | | | d | | | |
| 6391 | +---+---+---+---+---+ |
| 6392 | u3 | | | | d | | |
| 6393 | +---+---+---+---+---+ |
| 6394 | u4 | | | | | d | |
| 6395 | +---+---+---+---+---+ |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 | In practice squaring isn't a full 2x faster than multiplying, it's |
| 6398 | usually around 1.5x. Less than 1.5x probably indicates |
| 6399 | 'mpn_sqr_basecase' wants improving on that CPU. |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 | On some CPUs 'mpn_mul_basecase' can be faster than the generic C |
| 6402 | 'mpn_sqr_basecase' on some small sizes. 'SQR_BASECASE_THRESHOLD' is the |
| 6403 | size at which to use 'mpn_sqr_basecase', this will be zero if that |
| 6404 | routine should be used always. |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 | File: gmp.info, Node: Karatsuba Multiplication, Next: Toom 3-Way Multiplication, Prev: Basecase Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | 15.1.2 Karatsuba Multiplication |
| 6410 | ------------------------------- |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 | The Karatsuba multiplication algorithm is described in Knuth section |
| 6413 | 4.3.3 part A, and various other textbooks. A brief description is given |
| 6414 | here. |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | The inputs x and y are treated as each split into two parts of equal |
| 6417 | length (or the most significant part one limb shorter if N is odd). |
| 6418 | |
| 6419 | high low |
| 6420 | +----------+----------+ |
| 6421 | | x1 | x0 | |
| 6422 | +----------+----------+ |
| 6423 | |
| 6424 | +----------+----------+ |
| 6425 | | y1 | y0 | |
| 6426 | +----------+----------+ |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 | Let b be the power of 2 where the split occurs, i.e. if x0 is k limbs |
| 6429 | (y0 the same) then b=2^(k*mp_bits_per_limb). With that x=x1*b+x0 and |
| 6430 | y=y1*b+y0, and the following holds, |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 | x*y = (b^2+b)*x1*y1 - b*(x1-x0)*(y1-y0) + (b+1)*x0*y0 |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | This formula means doing only three multiplies of (N/2)x(N/2) limbs, |
| 6435 | whereas a basecase multiply of NxN limbs is equivalent to four |
| 6436 | multiplies of (N/2)x(N/2). The factors (b^2+b) etc represent the |
| 6437 | positions where the three products must be added. |
| 6438 | |
| 6439 | high low |
| 6440 | +--------+--------+ +--------+--------+ |
| 6441 | | x1*y1 | | x0*y0 | |
| 6442 | +--------+--------+ +--------+--------+ |
| 6443 | +--------+--------+ |
| 6444 | add | x1*y1 | |
| 6445 | +--------+--------+ |
| 6446 | +--------+--------+ |
| 6447 | add | x0*y0 | |
| 6448 | +--------+--------+ |
| 6449 | +--------+--------+ |
| 6450 | sub | (x1-x0)*(y1-y0) | |
| 6451 | +--------+--------+ |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | The term (x1-x0)*(y1-y0) is best calculated as an absolute value, and |
| 6454 | the sign used to choose to add or subtract. Notice the sum |
| 6455 | high(x0*y0)+low(x1*y1) occurs twice, so it's possible to do 5*k limb |
| 6456 | additions, rather than 6*k, but in GMP extra function call overheads |
| 6457 | outweigh the saving. |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | Squaring is similar to multiplying, but with x=y the formula reduces |
| 6460 | to an equivalent with three squares, |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 | x^2 = (b^2+b)*x1^2 - b*(x1-x0)^2 + (b+1)*x0^2 |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 | The final result is accumulated from those three squares the same way |
| 6465 | as for the three multiplies above. The middle term (x1-x0)^2 is now |
| 6466 | always positive. |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 | A similar formula for both multiplying and squaring can be |
| 6469 | constructed with a middle term (x1+x0)*(y1+y0). But those sums can |
| 6470 | exceed k limbs, leading to more carry handling and additions than the |
| 6471 | form above. |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | Karatsuba multiplication is asymptotically an O(N^1.585) algorithm, |
| 6474 | the exponent being log(3)/log(2), representing 3 multiplies each 1/2 the |
| 6475 | size of the inputs. This is a big improvement over the basecase |
| 6476 | multiply at O(N^2) and the advantage soon overcomes the extra additions |
| 6477 | Karatsuba performs. 'MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' can be as little as 10 |
| 6478 | limbs. The 'SQR' threshold is usually about twice the 'MUL'. |
| 6479 | |
| 6480 | The basecase algorithm will take a time of the form M(N) = a*N^2 + |
| 6481 | b*N + c and the Karatsuba algorithm K(N) = 3*M(N/2) + d*N + e, which |
| 6482 | expands to K(N) = 3/4*a*N^2 + 3/2*b*N + 3*c + d*N + e. The factor 3/4 |
| 6483 | for a means per-crossproduct speedups in the basecase code will increase |
| 6484 | the threshold since they benefit M(N) more than K(N). And conversely the |
| 6485 | 3/2 for b means linear style speedups of b will increase the threshold |
| 6486 | since they benefit K(N) more than M(N). The latter can be seen for |
| 6487 | instance when adding an optimized 'mpn_sqr_diagonal' to |
| 6488 | 'mpn_sqr_basecase'. Of course all speedups reduce total time, and in |
| 6489 | that sense the algorithm thresholds are merely of academic interest. |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 | File: gmp.info, Node: Toom 3-Way Multiplication, Next: Toom 4-Way Multiplication, Prev: Karatsuba Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | 15.1.3 Toom 3-Way Multiplication |
| 6495 | -------------------------------- |
| 6496 | |
| 6497 | The Karatsuba formula is the simplest case of a general approach to |
| 6498 | splitting inputs that leads to both Toom and FFT algorithms. A |
| 6499 | description of Toom can be found in Knuth section 4.3.3, with an example |
| 6500 | 3-way calculation after Theorem A. The 3-way form used in GMP is |
| 6501 | described here. |
| 6502 | |
| 6503 | The operands are each considered split into 3 pieces of equal length |
| 6504 | (or the most significant part 1 or 2 limbs shorter than the other two). |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | high low |
| 6507 | +----------+----------+----------+ |
| 6508 | | x2 | x1 | x0 | |
| 6509 | +----------+----------+----------+ |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | +----------+----------+----------+ |
| 6512 | | y2 | y1 | y0 | |
| 6513 | +----------+----------+----------+ |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 | These parts are treated as the coefficients of two polynomials |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 | X(t) = x2*t^2 + x1*t + x0 |
| 6518 | Y(t) = y2*t^2 + y1*t + y0 |
| 6519 | |
| 6520 | Let b equal the power of 2 which is the size of the x0, x1, y0 and y1 |
| 6521 | pieces, i.e. if they're k limbs each then b=2^(k*mp_bits_per_limb). |
| 6522 | With this x=X(b) and y=Y(b). |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 | Let a polynomial W(t)=X(t)*Y(t) and suppose its coefficients are |
| 6525 | |
| 6526 | W(t) = w4*t^4 + w3*t^3 + w2*t^2 + w1*t + w0 |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 | The w[i] are going to be determined, and when they are they'll give |
| 6529 | the final result using w=W(b), since x*y=X(b)*Y(b)=W(b). The |
| 6530 | coefficients will be roughly b^2 each, and the final W(b) will be an |
| 6531 | addition like, |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 | high low |
| 6534 | +-------+-------+ |
| 6535 | | w4 | |
| 6536 | +-------+-------+ |
| 6537 | +--------+-------+ |
| 6538 | | w3 | |
| 6539 | +--------+-------+ |
| 6540 | +--------+-------+ |
| 6541 | | w2 | |
| 6542 | +--------+-------+ |
| 6543 | +--------+-------+ |
| 6544 | | w1 | |
| 6545 | +--------+-------+ |
| 6546 | +-------+-------+ |
| 6547 | | w0 | |
| 6548 | +-------+-------+ |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 | The w[i] coefficients could be formed by a simple set of cross |
| 6551 | products, like w4=x2*y2, w3=x2*y1+x1*y2, w2=x2*y0+x1*y1+x0*y2 etc, but |
| 6552 | this would need all nine x[i]*y[j] for i,j=0,1,2, and would be |
| 6553 | equivalent merely to a basecase multiply. Instead the following |
| 6554 | approach is used. |
| 6555 | |
| 6556 | X(t) and Y(t) are evaluated and multiplied at 5 points, giving values |
| 6557 | of W(t) at those points. In GMP the following points are used, |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | Point Value |
| 6560 | t=0 x0 * y0, which gives w0 immediately |
| 6561 | t=1 (x2+x1+x0) * (y2+y1+y0) |
| 6562 | t=-1 (x2-x1+x0) * (y2-y1+y0) |
| 6563 | t=2 (4*x2+2*x1+x0) * (4*y2+2*y1+y0) |
| 6564 | t=inf x2 * y2, which gives w4 immediately |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 | At t=-1 the values can be negative and that's handled using the |
| 6567 | absolute values and tracking the sign separately. At t=inf the value is |
| 6568 | actually X(t)*Y(t)/t^4 in the limit as t approaches infinity, but it's |
| 6569 | much easier to think of as simply x2*y2 giving w4 immediately (much like |
| 6570 | x0*y0 at t=0 gives w0 immediately). |
| 6571 | |
| 6572 | Each of the points substituted into W(t)=w4*t^4+...+w0 gives a linear |
| 6573 | combination of the w[i] coefficients, and the value of those |
| 6574 | combinations has just been calculated. |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 | W(0) = w0 |
| 6577 | W(1) = w4 + w3 + w2 + w1 + w0 |
| 6578 | W(-1) = w4 - w3 + w2 - w1 + w0 |
| 6579 | W(2) = 16*w4 + 8*w3 + 4*w2 + 2*w1 + w0 |
| 6580 | W(inf) = w4 |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | This is a set of five equations in five unknowns, and some elementary |
| 6583 | linear algebra quickly isolates each w[i]. This involves adding or |
| 6584 | subtracting one W(t) value from another, and a couple of divisions by |
| 6585 | powers of 2 and one division by 3, the latter using the special |
| 6586 | 'mpn_divexact_by3' (*note Exact Division::). |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | The conversion of W(t) values to the coefficients is interpolation. |
| 6589 | A polynomial of degree 4 like W(t) is uniquely determined by values |
| 6590 | known at 5 different points. The points are arbitrary and can be chosen |
| 6591 | to make the linear equations come out with a convenient set of steps for |
| 6592 | quickly isolating the w[i]. |
| 6593 | |
| 6594 | Squaring follows the same procedure as multiplication, but there's |
| 6595 | only one X(t) and it's evaluated at the 5 points, and those values |
| 6596 | squared to give values of W(t). The interpolation is then identical, |
| 6597 | and in fact the same 'toom_interpolate_5pts' subroutine is used for both |
| 6598 | squaring and multiplying. |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | Toom-3 is asymptotically O(N^1.465), the exponent being |
| 6601 | log(5)/log(3), representing 5 recursive multiplies of 1/3 the original |
| 6602 | size each. This is an improvement over Karatsuba at O(N^1.585), though |
| 6603 | Toom does more work in the evaluation and interpolation and so it only |
| 6604 | realizes its advantage above a certain size. |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 | Near the crossover between Toom-3 and Karatsuba there's generally a |
| 6607 | range of sizes where the difference between the two is small. |
| 6608 | 'MUL_TOOM33_THRESHOLD' is a somewhat arbitrary point in that range and |
| 6609 | successive runs of the tune program can give different values due to |
| 6610 | small variations in measuring. A graph of time versus size for the two |
| 6611 | shows the effect, see 'tune/README'. |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 | At the fairly small sizes where the Toom-3 thresholds occur it's |
| 6614 | worth remembering that the asymptotic behaviour for Karatsuba and Toom-3 |
| 6615 | can't be expected to make accurate predictions, due of course to the big |
| 6616 | influence of all sorts of overheads, and the fact that only a few |
| 6617 | recursions of each are being performed. Even at large sizes there's a |
| 6618 | good chance machine dependent effects like cache architecture will mean |
| 6619 | actual performance deviates from what might be predicted. |
| 6620 | |
| 6621 | The formula given for the Karatsuba algorithm (*note Karatsuba |
| 6622 | Multiplication::) has an equivalent for Toom-3 involving only five |
| 6623 | multiplies, but this would be complicated and unenlightening. |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 | An alternate view of Toom-3 can be found in Zuras (*note |
| 6626 | References::), using a vector to represent the x and y splits and a |
| 6627 | matrix multiplication for the evaluation and interpolation stages. The |
| 6628 | matrix inverses are not meant to be actually used, and they have |
| 6629 | elements with values much greater than in fact arise in the |
| 6630 | interpolation steps. The diagram shown for the 3-way is attractive, but |
| 6631 | again doesn't have to be implemented that way and for example with a bit |
| 6632 | of rearrangement just one division by 6 can be done. |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 | File: gmp.info, Node: Toom 4-Way Multiplication, Next: Higher degree Toom'n'half, Prev: Toom 3-Way Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 | 15.1.4 Toom 4-Way Multiplication |
| 6638 | -------------------------------- |
| 6639 | |
| 6640 | Karatsuba and Toom-3 split the operands into 2 and 3 coefficients, |
| 6641 | respectively. Toom-4 analogously splits the operands into 4 |
| 6642 | coefficients. Using the notation from the section on Toom-3 |
| 6643 | multiplication, we form two polynomials: |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 | X(t) = x3*t^3 + x2*t^2 + x1*t + x0 |
| 6646 | Y(t) = y3*t^3 + y2*t^2 + y1*t + y0 |
| 6647 | |
| 6648 | X(t) and Y(t) are evaluated and multiplied at 7 points, giving values |
| 6649 | of W(t) at those points. In GMP the following points are used, |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 | Point Value |
| 6652 | t=0 x0 * y0, which gives w0 immediately |
| 6653 | t=1/2 (x3+2*x2+4*x1+8*x0) * (y3+2*y2+4*y1+8*y0) |
| 6654 | t=-1/2 (-x3+2*x2-4*x1+8*x0) * (-y3+2*y2-4*y1+8*y0) |
| 6655 | t=1 (x3+x2+x1+x0) * (y3+y2+y1+y0) |
| 6656 | t=-1 (-x3+x2-x1+x0) * (-y3+y2-y1+y0) |
| 6657 | t=2 (8*x3+4*x2+2*x1+x0) * (8*y3+4*y2+2*y1+y0) |
| 6658 | t=inf x3 * y3, which gives w6 immediately |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 | The number of additions and subtractions for Toom-4 is much larger |
| 6661 | than for Toom-3. But several subexpressions occur multiple times, for |
| 6662 | example x2+x0, occurs for both t=1 and t=-1. |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 | Toom-4 is asymptotically O(N^1.404), the exponent being |
| 6665 | log(7)/log(4), representing 7 recursive multiplies of 1/4 the original |
| 6666 | size each. |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 | |
| 6669 | File: gmp.info, Node: Higher degree Toom'n'half, Next: FFT Multiplication, Prev: Toom 4-Way Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | 15.1.5 Higher degree Toom'n'half |
| 6672 | -------------------------------- |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 | The Toom algorithms described above (*note Toom 3-Way Multiplication::, |
| 6675 | *note Toom 4-Way Multiplication::) generalizes to split into an |
| 6676 | arbitrary number of pieces. In general a split of two equally long |
| 6677 | operands into r pieces leads to evaluations and pointwise |
| 6678 | multiplications done at 2*r-1 points. To fully exploit symmetries it |
| 6679 | would be better to have a multiple of 4 points, that's why for higher |
| 6680 | degree Toom'n'half is used. |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 | Toom'n'half means that the existence of one more piece is considered |
| 6683 | for a single operand. It can be virtual, i.e. zero, or real, when the |
| 6684 | two operand are not exactly balanced. By choosing an even r, Toom-r+1/2 |
| 6685 | requires 2r points, a multiple of four. |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | The quadruplets of points include 0, inf, +1, -1 and +-2^i, +-2^-i . |
| 6688 | Each of them giving shortcuts for the evaluation phase and for some |
| 6689 | steps in the interpolation phase. Further tricks are used to reduce the |
| 6690 | memory footprint of the whole multiplication algorithm to a memory |
| 6691 | buffer equal in size to the result of the product. |
| 6692 | |
| 6693 | Current GMP uses both Toom-6'n'half and Toom-8'n'half. |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 | File: gmp.info, Node: FFT Multiplication, Next: Other Multiplication, Prev: Higher degree Toom'n'half, Up: Multiplication Algorithms |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 | 15.1.6 FFT Multiplication |
| 6699 | ------------------------- |
| 6700 | |
| 6701 | At large to very large sizes a Fermat style FFT multiplication is used, |
| 6702 | following Schönhage and Strassen (*note References::). Descriptions of |
| 6703 | FFTs in various forms can be found in many textbooks, for instance Knuth |
| 6704 | section 4.3.3 part C or Lipson chapter IX. A brief description of the |
| 6705 | form used in GMP is given here. |
| 6706 | |
| 6707 | The multiplication done is x*y mod 2^N+1, for a given N. A full |
| 6708 | product x*y is obtained by choosing N>=bits(x)+bits(y) and padding x and |
| 6709 | y with high zero limbs. The modular product is the native form for the |
| 6710 | algorithm, so padding to get a full product is unavoidable. |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | The algorithm follows a split, evaluate, pointwise multiply, |
| 6713 | interpolate and combine similar to that described above for Karatsuba |
| 6714 | and Toom-3. A k parameter controls the split, with an FFT-k splitting |
| 6715 | into 2^k pieces of M=N/2^k bits each. N must be a multiple of |
| 6716 | (2^k)*mp_bits_per_limb so the split falls on limb boundaries, avoiding |
| 6717 | bit shifts in the split and combine stages. |
| 6718 | |
| 6719 | The evaluations, pointwise multiplications, and interpolation, are |
| 6720 | all done modulo 2^N'+1 where N' is 2M+k+3 rounded up to a multiple of |
| 6721 | 2^k and of 'mp_bits_per_limb'. The results of interpolation will be the |
| 6722 | following negacyclic convolution of the input pieces, and the choice of |
| 6723 | N' ensures these sums aren't truncated. |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 | --- |
| 6726 | \ b |
| 6727 | w[n] = / (-1) * x[i] * y[j] |
| 6728 | --- |
| 6729 | i+j==b*2^k+n |
| 6730 | b=0,1 |
| 6731 | |
| 6732 | The points used for the evaluation are g^i for i=0 to 2^k-1 where |
| 6733 | g=2^(2N'/2^k). g is a 2^k'th root of unity mod 2^N'+1, which produces |
| 6734 | necessary cancellations at the interpolation stage, and it's also a |
| 6735 | power of 2 so the fast Fourier transforms used for the evaluation and |
| 6736 | interpolation do only shifts, adds and negations. |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | The pointwise multiplications are done modulo 2^N'+1 and either |
| 6739 | recurse into a further FFT or use a plain multiplication (Toom-3, |
| 6740 | Karatsuba or basecase), whichever is optimal at the size N'. The |
| 6741 | interpolation is an inverse fast Fourier transform. The resulting set |
| 6742 | of sums of x[i]*y[j] are added at appropriate offsets to give the final |
| 6743 | result. |
| 6744 | |
| 6745 | Squaring is the same, but x is the only input so it's one transform |
| 6746 | at the evaluate stage and the pointwise multiplies are squares. The |
| 6747 | interpolation is the same. |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | For a mod 2^N+1 product, an FFT-k is an O(N^(k/(k-1))) algorithm, the |
| 6750 | exponent representing 2^k recursed modular multiplies each 1/2^(k-1) the |
| 6751 | size of the original. Each successive k is an asymptotic improvement, |
| 6752 | but overheads mean each is only faster at bigger and bigger sizes. In |
| 6753 | the code, 'MUL_FFT_TABLE' and 'SQR_FFT_TABLE' are the thresholds where |
| 6754 | each k is used. Each new k effectively swaps some multiplying for some |
| 6755 | shifts, adds and overheads. |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 | A mod 2^N+1 product can be formed with a normal NxN->2N bit multiply |
| 6758 | plus a subtraction, so an FFT and Toom-3 etc can be compared directly. |
| 6759 | A k=4 FFT at O(N^1.333) can be expected to be the first faster than |
| 6760 | Toom-3 at O(N^1.465). In practice this is what's found, with |
| 6761 | 'MUL_FFT_MODF_THRESHOLD' and 'SQR_FFT_MODF_THRESHOLD' being between 300 |
| 6762 | and 1000 limbs, depending on the CPU. So far it's been found that only |
| 6763 | very large FFTs recurse into pointwise multiplies above these sizes. |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | When an FFT is to give a full product, the change of N to 2N doesn't |
| 6766 | alter the theoretical complexity for a given k, but for the purposes of |
| 6767 | considering where an FFT might be first used it can be assumed that the |
| 6768 | FFT is recursing into a normal multiply and that on that basis it's |
| 6769 | doing 2^k recursed multiplies each 1/2^(k-2) the size of the inputs, |
| 6770 | making it O(N^(k/(k-2))). This would mean k=7 at O(N^1.4) would be the |
| 6771 | first FFT faster than Toom-3. In practice 'MUL_FFT_THRESHOLD' and |
| 6772 | 'SQR_FFT_THRESHOLD' have been found to be in the k=8 range, somewhere |
| 6773 | between 3000 and 10000 limbs. |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 | The way N is split into 2^k pieces and then 2M+k+3 is rounded up to a |
| 6776 | multiple of 2^k and 'mp_bits_per_limb' means that when |
| 6777 | 2^k>=mp\_bits\_per\_limb the effective N is a multiple of 2^(2k-1) bits. |
| 6778 | The +k+3 means some values of N just under such a multiple will be |
| 6779 | rounded to the next. The complexity calculations above assume that a |
| 6780 | favourable size is used, meaning one which isn't padded through |
| 6781 | rounding, and it's also assumed that the extra +k+3 bits are negligible |
| 6782 | at typical FFT sizes. |
| 6783 | |
| 6784 | The practical effect of the 2^(2k-1) constraint is to introduce a |
| 6785 | step-effect into measured speeds. For example k=8 will round N up to a |
| 6786 | multiple of 32768 bits, so for a 32-bit limb there'll be 512 limb groups |
| 6787 | of sizes for which 'mpn_mul_n' runs at the same speed. Or for k=9 |
| 6788 | groups of 2048 limbs, k=10 groups of 8192 limbs, etc. In practice it's |
| 6789 | been found each k is used at quite small multiples of its size |
| 6790 | constraint and so the step effect is quite noticeable in a time versus |
| 6791 | size graph. |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 | The threshold determinations currently measure at the mid-points of |
| 6794 | size steps, but this is sub-optimal since at the start of a new step it |
| 6795 | can happen that it's better to go back to the previous k for a while. |
| 6796 | Something more sophisticated for 'MUL_FFT_TABLE' and 'SQR_FFT_TABLE' |
| 6797 | will be needed. |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 | |
| 6800 | File: gmp.info, Node: Other Multiplication, Next: Unbalanced Multiplication, Prev: FFT Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms |
| 6801 | |
| 6802 | 15.1.7 Other Multiplication |
| 6803 | --------------------------- |
| 6804 | |
| 6805 | The Toom algorithms described above (*note Toom 3-Way Multiplication::, |
| 6806 | *note Toom 4-Way Multiplication::) generalizes to split into an |
| 6807 | arbitrary number of pieces, as per Knuth section 4.3.3 algorithm C. |
| 6808 | This is not currently used. The notes here are merely for interest. |
| 6809 | |
| 6810 | In general a split into r+1 pieces is made, and evaluations and |
| 6811 | pointwise multiplications done at 2*r+1 points. A 4-way split does 7 |
| 6812 | pointwise multiplies, 5-way does 9, etc. Asymptotically an (r+1)-way |
| 6813 | algorithm is O(N^(log(2*r+1)/log(r+1))). Only the pointwise |
| 6814 | multiplications count towards big-O complexity, but the time spent in |
| 6815 | the evaluate and interpolate stages grows with r and has a significant |
| 6816 | practical impact, with the asymptotic advantage of each r realized only |
| 6817 | at bigger and bigger sizes. The overheads grow as O(N*r), whereas in an |
| 6818 | r=2^k FFT they grow only as O(N*log(r)). |
| 6819 | |
| 6820 | Knuth algorithm C evaluates at points 0,1,2,...,2*r, but exercise 4 |
| 6821 | uses -r,...,0,...,r and the latter saves some small multiplies in the |
| 6822 | evaluate stage (or rather trades them for additions), and has a further |
| 6823 | saving of nearly half the interpolate steps. The idea is to separate |
| 6824 | odd and even final coefficients and then perform algorithm C steps C7 |
| 6825 | and C8 on them separately. The divisors at step C7 become j^2 and the |
| 6826 | multipliers at C8 become 2*t*j-j^2. |
| 6827 | |
| 6828 | Splitting odd and even parts through positive and negative points can |
| 6829 | be thought of as using -1 as a square root of unity. If a 4th root of |
| 6830 | unity was available then a further split and speedup would be possible, |
| 6831 | but no such root exists for plain integers. Going to complex integers |
| 6832 | with i=sqrt(-1) doesn't help, essentially because in Cartesian form it |
| 6833 | takes three real multiplies to do a complex multiply. The existence of |
| 6834 | 2^k'th roots of unity in a suitable ring or field lets the fast Fourier |
| 6835 | transform keep splitting and get to O(N*log(r)). |
| 6836 | |
| 6837 | Floating point FFTs use complex numbers approximating Nth roots of |
| 6838 | unity. Some processors have special support for such FFTs. But these |
| 6839 | are not used in GMP since it's very difficult to guarantee an exact |
| 6840 | result (to some number of bits). An occasional difference of 1 in the |
| 6841 | last bit might not matter to a typical signal processing algorithm, but |
| 6842 | is of course of vital importance to GMP. |
| 6843 | |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 | File: gmp.info, Node: Unbalanced Multiplication, Prev: Other Multiplication, Up: Multiplication Algorithms |
| 6846 | |
| 6847 | 15.1.8 Unbalanced Multiplication |
| 6848 | -------------------------------- |
| 6849 | |
| 6850 | Multiplication of operands with different sizes, both below |
| 6851 | 'MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' are done with plain schoolbook multiplication |
| 6852 | (*note Basecase Multiplication::). |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 | For really large operands, we invoke FFT directly. |
| 6855 | |
| 6856 | For operands between these sizes, we use Toom inspired algorithms |
| 6857 | suggested by Alberto Zanoni and Marco Bodrato. The idea is to split the |
| 6858 | operands into polynomials of different degree. GMP currently splits the |
| 6859 | smaller operand onto 2 coefficients, i.e., a polynomial of degree 1, but |
| 6860 | the larger operand can be split into 2, 3, or 4 coefficients, i.e., a |
| 6861 | polynomial of degree 1 to 3. |
| 6862 | |
| 6863 | |
| 6864 | File: gmp.info, Node: Division Algorithms, Next: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms, Prev: Multiplication Algorithms, Up: Algorithms |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 | 15.2 Division Algorithms |
| 6867 | ======================== |
| 6868 | |
| 6869 | * Menu: |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 | * Single Limb Division:: |
| 6872 | * Basecase Division:: |
| 6873 | * Divide and Conquer Division:: |
| 6874 | * Block-Wise Barrett Division:: |
| 6875 | * Exact Division:: |
| 6876 | * Exact Remainder:: |
| 6877 | * Small Quotient Division:: |
| 6878 | |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | File: gmp.info, Node: Single Limb Division, Next: Basecase Division, Prev: Division Algorithms, Up: Division Algorithms |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 | 15.2.1 Single Limb Division |
| 6883 | --------------------------- |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 | Nx1 division is implemented using repeated 2x1 divisions from high to |
| 6886 | low, either with a hardware divide instruction or a multiplication by |
| 6887 | inverse, whichever is best on a given CPU. |
| 6888 | |
| 6889 | The multiply by inverse follows "Improved division by invariant |
| 6890 | integers" by Möller and Granlund (*note References::) and is implemented |
| 6891 | as 'udiv_qrnnd_preinv' in 'gmp-impl.h'. The idea is to have a |
| 6892 | fixed-point approximation to 1/d (see 'invert_limb') and then multiply |
| 6893 | by the high limb (plus one bit) of the dividend to get a quotient q. |
| 6894 | With d normalized (high bit set), q is no more than 1 too small. |
| 6895 | Subtracting q*d from the dividend gives a remainder, and reveals whether |
| 6896 | q or q-1 is correct. |
| 6897 | |
| 6898 | The result is a division done with two multiplications and four or |
| 6899 | five arithmetic operations. On CPUs with low latency multipliers this |
| 6900 | can be much faster than a hardware divide, though the cost of |
| 6901 | calculating the inverse at the start may mean it's only better on inputs |
| 6902 | bigger than say 4 or 5 limbs. |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 | When a divisor must be normalized, either for the generic C |
| 6905 | '__udiv_qrnnd_c' or the multiply by inverse, the division performed is |
| 6906 | actually a*2^k by d*2^k where a is the dividend and k is the power |
| 6907 | necessary to have the high bit of d*2^k set. The bit shifts for the |
| 6908 | dividend are usually accomplished "on the fly" meaning by extracting the |
| 6909 | appropriate bits at each step. Done this way the quotient limbs come |
| 6910 | out aligned ready to store. When only the remainder is wanted, an |
| 6911 | alternative is to take the dividend limbs unshifted and calculate r = a |
| 6912 | mod d*2^k followed by an extra final step r*2^k mod d*2^k. This can |
| 6913 | help on CPUs with poor bit shifts or few registers. |
| 6914 | |
| 6915 | The multiply by inverse can be done two limbs at a time. The |
| 6916 | calculation is basically the same, but the inverse is two limbs and the |
| 6917 | divisor treated as if padded with a low zero limb. This means more |
| 6918 | work, since the inverse will need a 2x2 multiply, but the four 1x1s to |
| 6919 | do that are independent and can therefore be done partly or wholly in |
| 6920 | parallel. Likewise for a 2x1 calculating q*d. The net effect is to |
| 6921 | process two limbs with roughly the same two multiplies worth of latency |
| 6922 | that one limb at a time gives. This extends to 3 or 4 limbs at a time, |
| 6923 | though the extra work to apply the inverse will almost certainly soon |
| 6924 | reach the limits of multiplier throughput. |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 | A similar approach in reverse can be taken to process just half a |
| 6927 | limb at a time if the divisor is only a half limb. In this case the 1x1 |
| 6928 | multiply for the inverse effectively becomes two (1/2)x1 for each limb, |
| 6929 | which can be a saving on CPUs with a fast half limb multiply, or in fact |
| 6930 | if the only multiply is a half limb, and especially if it's not |
| 6931 | pipelined. |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 | File: gmp.info, Node: Basecase Division, Next: Divide and Conquer Division, Prev: Single Limb Division, Up: Division Algorithms |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 | 15.2.2 Basecase Division |
| 6937 | ------------------------ |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | Basecase NxM division is like long division done by hand, but in base |
| 6940 | 2^mp_bits_per_limb. See Knuth section 4.3.1 algorithm D, and |
| 6941 | 'mpn/generic/sb_divrem_mn.c'. |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 | Briefly stated, while the dividend remains larger than the divisor, a |
| 6944 | high quotient limb is formed and the Nx1 product q*d subtracted at the |
| 6945 | top end of the dividend. With a normalized divisor (most significant |
| 6946 | bit set), each quotient limb can be formed with a 2x1 division and a 1x1 |
| 6947 | multiplication plus some subtractions. The 2x1 division is by the high |
| 6948 | limb of the divisor and is done either with a hardware divide or a |
| 6949 | multiply by inverse (the same as in *note Single Limb Division::) |
| 6950 | whichever is faster. Such a quotient is sometimes one too big, |
| 6951 | requiring an addback of the divisor, but that happens rarely. |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 | With Q=N-M being the number of quotient limbs, this is an O(Q*M) |
| 6954 | algorithm and will run at a speed similar to a basecase QxM |
| 6955 | multiplication, differing in fact only in the extra multiply and divide |
| 6956 | for each of the Q quotient limbs. |
| 6957 | |
| 6958 | |
| 6959 | File: gmp.info, Node: Divide and Conquer Division, Next: Block-Wise Barrett Division, Prev: Basecase Division, Up: Division Algorithms |
| 6960 | |
| 6961 | 15.2.3 Divide and Conquer Division |
| 6962 | ---------------------------------- |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | For divisors larger than 'DC_DIV_QR_THRESHOLD', division is done by |
| 6965 | dividing. Or to be precise by a recursive divide and conquer algorithm |
| 6966 | based on work by Moenck and Borodin, Jebelean, and Burnikel and Ziegler |
| 6967 | (*note References::). |
| 6968 | |
| 6969 | The algorithm consists essentially of recognising that a 2NxN |
| 6970 | division can be done with the basecase division algorithm (*note |
| 6971 | Basecase Division::), but using N/2 limbs as a base, not just a single |
| 6972 | limb. This way the multiplications that arise are (N/2)x(N/2) and can |
| 6973 | take advantage of Karatsuba and higher multiplication algorithms (*note |
| 6974 | Multiplication Algorithms::). The two "digits" of the quotient are |
| 6975 | formed by recursive Nx(N/2) divisions. |
| 6976 | |
| 6977 | If the (N/2)x(N/2) multiplies are done with a basecase multiplication |
| 6978 | then the work is about the same as a basecase division, but with more |
| 6979 | function call overheads and with some subtractions separated from the |
| 6980 | multiplies. These overheads mean that it's only when N/2 is above |
| 6981 | 'MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' that divide and conquer is of use. |
| 6982 | |
| 6983 | 'DC_DIV_QR_THRESHOLD' is based on the divisor size N, so it will be |
| 6984 | somewhere above twice 'MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD', but how much above depends |
| 6985 | on the CPU. An optimized 'mpn_mul_basecase' can lower |
| 6986 | 'DC_DIV_QR_THRESHOLD' a little by offering a ready-made advantage over |
| 6987 | repeated 'mpn_submul_1' calls. |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 | Divide and conquer is asymptotically O(M(N)*log(N)) where M(N) is the |
| 6990 | time for an NxN multiplication done with FFTs. The actual time is a sum |
| 6991 | over multiplications of the recursed sizes, as can be seen near the end |
| 6992 | of section 2.2 of Burnikel and Ziegler. For example, within the Toom-3 |
| 6993 | range, divide and conquer is 2.63*M(N). With higher algorithms the M(N) |
| 6994 | term improves and the multiplier tends to log(N). In practice, at |
| 6995 | moderate to large sizes, a 2NxN division is about 2 to 4 times slower |
| 6996 | than an NxN multiplication. |
| 6997 | |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 | File: gmp.info, Node: Block-Wise Barrett Division, Next: Exact Division, Prev: Divide and Conquer Division, Up: Division Algorithms |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 | 15.2.4 Block-Wise Barrett Division |
| 7002 | ---------------------------------- |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | For the largest divisions, a block-wise Barrett division algorithm is |
| 7005 | used. Here, the divisor is inverted to a precision determined by the |
| 7006 | relative size of the dividend and divisor. Blocks of quotient limbs are |
| 7007 | then generated by multiplying blocks from the dividend by the inverse. |
| 7008 | |
| 7009 | Our block-wise algorithm computes a smaller inverse than in the plain |
| 7010 | Barrett algorithm. For a 2n/n division, the inverse will be just |
| 7011 | ceil(n/2) limbs. |
| 7012 | |
| 7013 | |
| 7014 | File: gmp.info, Node: Exact Division, Next: Exact Remainder, Prev: Block-Wise Barrett Division, Up: Division Algorithms |
| 7015 | |
| 7016 | 15.2.5 Exact Division |
| 7017 | --------------------- |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | A so-called exact division is when the dividend is known to be an exact |
| 7020 | multiple of the divisor. Jebelean's exact division algorithm uses this |
| 7021 | knowledge to make some significant optimizations (*note References::). |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 | The idea can be illustrated in decimal for example with 368154 |
| 7024 | divided by 543. Because the low digit of the dividend is 4, the low |
| 7025 | digit of the quotient must be 8. This is arrived at from 4*7 mod 10, |
| 7026 | using the fact 7 is the modular inverse of 3 (the low digit of the |
| 7027 | divisor), since 3*7 == 1 mod 10. So 8*543=4344 can be subtracted from |
| 7028 | the dividend leaving 363810. Notice the low digit has become zero. |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 | The procedure is repeated at the second digit, with the next quotient |
| 7031 | digit 7 (7 == 1*7 mod 10), subtracting 7*543=3801, leaving 325800. And |
| 7032 | finally at the third digit with quotient digit 6 (8*7 mod 10), |
| 7033 | subtracting 6*543=3258 leaving 0. So the quotient is 678. |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 | Notice however that the multiplies and subtractions don't need to |
| 7036 | extend past the low three digits of the dividend, since that's enough to |
| 7037 | determine the three quotient digits. For the last quotient digit no |
| 7038 | subtraction is needed at all. On a 2NxN division like this one, only |
| 7039 | about half the work of a normal basecase division is necessary. |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | For an NxM exact division producing Q=N-M quotient limbs, the saving |
| 7042 | over a normal basecase division is in two parts. Firstly, each of the Q |
| 7043 | quotient limbs needs only one multiply, not a 2x1 divide and multiply. |
| 7044 | Secondly, the crossproducts are reduced when Q>M to Q*M-M*(M+1)/2, or |
| 7045 | when Q<=M to Q*(Q-1)/2. Notice the savings are complementary. If Q is |
| 7046 | big then many divisions are saved, or if Q is small then the |
| 7047 | crossproducts reduce to a small number. |
| 7048 | |
| 7049 | The modular inverse used is calculated efficiently by 'binvert_limb' |
| 7050 | in 'gmp-impl.h'. This does four multiplies for a 32-bit limb, or six |
| 7051 | for a 64-bit limb. 'tune/modlinv.c' has some alternate implementations |
| 7052 | that might suit processors better at bit twiddling than multiplying. |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | The sub-quadratic exact division described by Jebelean in "Exact |
| 7055 | Division with Karatsuba Complexity" is not currently implemented. It |
| 7056 | uses a rearrangement similar to the divide and conquer for normal |
| 7057 | division (*note Divide and Conquer Division::), but operating from low |
| 7058 | to high. A further possibility not currently implemented is |
| 7059 | "Bidirectional Exact Integer Division" by Krandick and Jebelean which |
| 7060 | forms quotient limbs from both the high and low ends of the dividend, |
| 7061 | and can halve once more the number of crossproducts needed in a 2NxN |
| 7062 | division. |
| 7063 | |
| 7064 | A special case exact division by 3 exists in 'mpn_divexact_by3', |
| 7065 | supporting Toom-3 multiplication and 'mpq' canonicalizations. It forms |
| 7066 | quotient digits with a multiply by the modular inverse of 3 (which is |
| 7067 | '0xAA..AAB') and uses two comparisons to determine a borrow for the next |
| 7068 | limb. The multiplications don't need to be on the dependent chain, as |
| 7069 | long as the effect of the borrows is applied, which can help chips with |
| 7070 | pipelined multipliers. |
| 7071 | |